Home

PDF 1.8M - Robelle

1. We included one space between fields Note that an extra space was needed for the Account heading it is an 8 digit field but we used 10 characters Because cust account 1s a zoned decimal field an extra space is required for the sign Printing Mailing Labels You can print mailing labels by combining the Extract command with the List Oneperline command We assume that each mailing label starts with two blank lines followed by the customer name and address followed by another blank line The Suprtool commands to produce the labels are as follows gt select gt extract gt extract gt extract gt extract gt extract gt extract gt extract gt list gt xeg from customer customer_name street_address 1 street_address 2 street_address 3 oneperline noname input customers first field second field name first three lines of address last blank field norec The extract 22 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual line creates a single field that consists of a blank space Each of these blank fields results in a blank line on our mailing labels since the List command puts one field on each output line If you want to combine two fields on one line you would first have to create an output file with the combined fields and use this file as input to List Oneperline Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Getting a Quick Start with Suprt
2. gt input invent input is from a disc file gt define a 11 2 int A is an integer that starts gt output outfile at the 11th byte of Invent gt sort a sort the input records by the A field gt exit Notes The Verify command shows all of the current command values and the Reset command cancels them If you have not defined any sort fields before the Xeq or Exit command Suprtool performs a copy only no sort Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 159 Suprtool uses some temporary files during a sort It creates the files in the directory specified by the TMPDIR environment The size of the files will be equal to the size of the output file If Suprtool runs out of disc space during a sort you can try to specify another directory for TMPDIR 160 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Table Command TA Builds a table of values for testing in the If command There can be up to ten different tables TABLE tablename itemname table keyword table values HOLD Tables are used by the lookup function of the If command The table keywords are Item File and Sorted The total amount of table space is restricted by Set Limits Tablesize Use the following scheme to select input records based on many data values 1 Load a table with the values you are interested in 2 Use the lookup function of the If command to search the table Adding Individual Values to a Table To add a val
3. 2 or characters in a pattern Version 3 1 introduced a new pattern matching routine adding an escape character amp and two new reserved characters and Old Suprtool tasks that look for the specific characters amp or will not work with the new pattern matching routine Users who are concerned about this can add the following command to their opt robelle suprmgr file set pattern old Prefetch SET PREFETCH number This command is not supported in Suprtool UX Privmode SET PRIVMODE ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Progress SET PROGRESS Percent number Minimum number Initial amp Defaults Percent 5 Minimum 50000 The Set Progress command is used to turn the Suprtool progress report feature on or off The PERCENT value specified tells Suprtool by which percentage increment to report the progress messages of any given input or output phase The allowed range for set progress is from 0 to 25 the default is every 5 percent If the PERCENT parameter 1s not specified then the next parameter is considered to be the PERCENT value This is to remain compatible with some earlier versions of Suprtool The MINIMUM value is the minimum number of records that an input file must have in order for the progress reports to be printed out If the MINIMUM value is set to 15000 then the input file must have at least 15000 records or else progress messages are not printed out for the entire tas
4. gt and gt although you may still compare for strict equality or inequality The following examples will be rejected by Suprtool gt item trans date date ddmmyy gt if trans date gt date 1 first and trans date lt date 1 last Error Invalid date format for the comparison gt input myfile reclen 80 nolf gt define mydate 1 6 gt item mydate date ddmmyy e g 301100 gt define gt if mydate gt date 00 11 01 Error Invalid date format for the comparison gt if mydate gt date 01 11 00 Error Invalid date Year 1 Month 11 Day 00 If the date format does not allow the specification of a certain day such as yymm ccyymm yyyymm aamm ccyy and mmyyyy then you do not need to specify the entire date format although Suprtool will allow either format for date gt item trans_month date yymm gt item purch date date yymm gt if trans month lt date and purch date date 00 01 Because dates beyond 1999 in the yymmdd and yymm date types do not collate correctly relative comparisons are no longer valid Suprtool produces an error in the following case Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Using a first pass to generate a Suprtool command dynamically then using that command in a second pass is a powerful technique gt item trans date date yymmdd gt if trans date gt date 2001 01 01 Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this date format Y
5. 234 e Example of STExport Output Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Limits Within STExport Maximums Delimiter Maximum Length 3 Bytes The delimiter must appear between every field in the output record To help avoid exceeding the maximum output record length the maximum delimiter length is three characters Input File Maximum Record Size 4096 Bytes We recommend that you use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the input record size Input File Maximum Fields 255 If you must have more than 255 fields use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to extract several fields as one contiguous series of bytes Output File Maximum Record Size 4096 Bytes When formatting many fields it is possible to produce large output records Once again using the Extract command to minimize the size of the input records will avoid large output records The total length of the Heading line in the output file is also restricted to 4096 bytes Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Limits Within STExport e 235 Welcome to Suprlink Welcome to Suprlink Documentation Welcome to Suprlink for HP UX Version 4 5 Suprlink is a program that works with Suprtool to add multifile capability to Suprtool Rather than take the regular path to multiple datasets random retrieval via IMAGE keys with its well known performance problems we have chosen to follow a different path fast serial extracts plus a very efficient merge Summary of
6. gt select from sales gt if sales_total gt 20000 and product_price lt 5000 gt output result gt xeq String of Digits If you have a byte type field that consists entirely of digits and you want to use this field as a numeric field you need to define a new display field on top of the existing field For example suppose your data looks like the following where the customer account number is stored in the 8 digit byte type field at the start of the record 20476789 rest of customer record To find all customers with an account greater than 20470000 you would do the following gt select from table gt define accountnum account 8 display gt if accountnum gt 20470000 gt output result gt xeq Selecting by Date The following section on dates does not apply to SQL columns only to defined fields and SD fields Disc files usually store dates as numeric or character fields you can use the Define command to isolate the field Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 11 Before Suprtool can use a date field it has to know the format of a particular date field Use the Item command to specify the format For example to tell Suprtool that the item purch_date is a date field with a format of yyyymmdd e g 20010319 you would use gt define purch date 11 8 8 bytes starts in byte 11 gt item purch date date yyyymmdd date format In the following date examples we
7. gt sort key2 gt dup only keys gt out dupfile link gt xeq 8 nolf Task 2 Write records to archive gt input gt table datafile reclen 38 nolf duptab rec sorted dupfile gt 1f Slookup duptab rec gt output archive gt xeq Task 3 Delete the records gt input datafile gt 1f not lookup duptab rec gt output result gt xeq Decimal Places length of the record hold Data in disc files often has an implied number of decimal places For example dollar amounts usually have two implied decimal places for the cents In this case the number stored is scaled by a factor of one hundred e g you would enter 10000 to represent 100 00 gt input gt def gt if total_sales gt 99900 gt out result gt xeq saledata reclen 70 nolf total_sales 40 integer find sales gt 999 You can use Suprtool s Item command to identify defined fields that have an implied number of decimal places Once you do this you can then enter regular unscaled numbers For example to enter five cents use 0 05 to enter 100 00 use 100 If a field 1s a dollar and cents amount scaled by 100 use the following to tell Suprtool about the decimal place gt item total sales DECIMAL 2 With the Item command the previous example becomes more understandable saledata reclen total sales 40 70 nolf integer total sales decimal 2 total sales 999 result find sale
8. ALL Q Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you do not need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can Redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples 11 fille f fille is a typo fille not found redo redo most recent command 11 fille last command is printed d you enter changes to it 11 file edited command is shown you press return Slistredo all Sredo 5 redo 5th command in stack Sredo redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous redo 8 10 redo 8th through 10th redo 10 redo 10 through last redo rm redo last rm command redo rm temp redo last
9. Control Character You create a control character by holding down the Control key while you strike another key Y plus Control generates Control Y These are normally nonprinting characters but they may do things to your terminal For example Control G rings the bell For notes on how to change the HP UX defaults see the section on Control Characters and stty in the Running Suprtool Under HP UX chapter Suprtool uses control characters for a number of purposes In the Before command control characters specify the edit functions Control D for delete Control B for before etc Control Y stops execution of the current Suprtool task Suprtool prints a status report and asks if you would like to stop the operation Control H causes the cursor to backspace one position in the current line Control X cancels the current input line Control S pauses a listing that is printing too fast for you to read Control Q resumes a listing that you have paused with Control S Database A database in Suprtool is an IMAGE 3000 database or an SQL database A database is specified in the Base or Open command Several commands e g Get Chain or Select do not work until a database has been specified Some commands only work with IMAGE 3000 databases and other commands only work with SQL databases An IMAGE database consists of datasets files which in turn consist of fields An SQL database consists of tables or views and each table or view con
10. If command 95 If command too long use read 110 If command too long use Table 163 292 e Index If command decimal places 100 If command prompting for values 111 Ifcheck Set option 152 Ignore Set option 152 illegal digits packed or zoned 246 IMAGE end of file 151 initial command line 27 initializing a field 80 input choices 33 Input command 112 214 261 input file 185 input file maximum block size 275 input file maximum fields 235 275 input file maximum record length 235 275 input files 243 input key fields 214 261 input from Stdlist 31 input line feeds 30 installing STExport 182 installing Suprlink 238 Interactive Set 152 interrupt 190 252 introduction to STExport 185 introduction to Suprlink 243 invalid dates 48 106 195 ISO 8859 1 characters HTML output 207 Item command 114 152 170 J Julian dates 117 Julian day number 83 JulianDay data format 116 K Key command 120 key fields input file 214 261 key fields link file 262 Key option 133 keys 244 Korn shell 25 KSAM files 112 KSAM order of sort 41 L labelled tapes 153 landscape output 154 LaserJet 124 154 leading sign 223 less than lt 285 limits within Suprlink 275 Limits Set 153 line feeds 30 136 216 Link command 122 241 262 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Link file maximum block size 275 Link file maximum fields 275 Link file maximum number of 275 Link file maximum record l
11. Oracle dates contain both the date and the time STExport formats the date but not the time If you specify Date None Oracle dates will be treated as byte type fields Since Oracle dates actually contain binary data the output is often unusable by other applications unless you specify a specific date format Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Invalid Dates By default all invalid dates are formatted as asterisks STExport treats any date that does not have a valid century year month or combination e g February 29 2000 as invalid You can specify how you want STExport to format invalid dates by using the Invalid option of the Date command If you specify date invalid null STExport will produce a zero length field 1f you specify Column Variable and spaces if you specify Column Fixed If you want to specify an explicit string for all invalid dates do so after the Invalid option For example date invalid will cause STExport to produce a string of five percent signs for any invalid date Example First use Suprtool to create the input file with the appropriate date attributes gt get d sales gt item deliv date date mmddyyyy gt item purch date date mmddyyyy gt output dsales link gt xeqg no Then use STExport to read the dsales file Specify Date ddmmyyyy which causes all valid dates to be formatted in day month year format with a dash as the separator input dsales date ddmmyyyy
12. Suprlink will select one of them to link to the primary record s The Suprlink Output file will have no more records than the Input file The Input file and Link files are created with the Output xxx Link option in Suprtool These files must be sorted by the same key field in ascending order Link Files You can have up to seven Link files that are combined with the Input file Suprlink merges the Input file and Link files by comparing the key fields of both files you can optionally specify a secondary key The default is for Suprlink to exclude any Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 243 Output Files Sort Keys Selection Logic A Link Example 244 e Introduction to Suprlink Input records that do not have a matching record in all Link files Specifying the Optional keyword on the Link command will force Suprlink to fill the Output record with default values spaces and zeros when it doesn t find a match in a specific Link file If you want to link the sales transaction to both the customer master and the salesman master it s probably faster to use traditional methods The Output file will be a self describing file containing data extracted from the Input file and the Link files Suprlink combines the Input and Link records together in a fixed way dropping the duplicated key fields and appending the remaining fields of each file in the order specified You control which fields occur by using the Extra
13. fd is a typo fd not found Before redo most recent command li fd last command is printed S you enter changes to it 11 sd the edited command is shown you press Return listredo 10 before 5 redo 5th command in stack bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th b ls redo last ls command b ls redo Is command b redo last containing before 2 before 5 2 redo command before previous redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit e Any printing characters replace the ones above e Assuming that you have changed the HP UX default of your EOF key Control D plus spaces deletes columns above e Control B puts you into insert before mode e Control A starts appending characters at the end of line e Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end e Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column e Control G recovers the original line e Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual 254 e Suprlink Commands Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprl
14. gt def gt def gt def gt ext gt ext gt ext gt ext gt ext gt ext gt ext gt ext gt ext gt out gt xeqg cust account deliv date yy deliv date mm deliv date dd 7 2 31 2 51 2 11 2 31 2 51 2 product no product price purch date yy purch date mm purch date dd sales qty sales total sales05 link You now have a file with the dates in yymmdd order but the self describing information shows three separate fields File Entry SALESO5 DATE ACCOUNT CUST ACCOUNT DELIV DATE YY LIV DATE MM LIV DATE DD ODUCT NO PRICE RCH DATE YY RCH DATE MM RCH DATE DD LES QTY LES TAX SALES TOTAL a Bj A D D P P P P P S S D Limit 115 EOF Z8 X2 X2 X2 Z8 I2 X2 X2 X2 I1 I2 I2 15 Entry SD Version B 00 00 Offset J 9 11 13 15 23 27 29 31 33 35 39 Length 42 Blocking 97 You can convert these several fields to one field with another extract task 52 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt in sales05 gt def deliv date 9 6 byte gt def purch date 27 6 byte gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch date date yymmdd gt ext cust account gt ext deliv date gt ext product no gt ext product_price gt ext purch date gt ext sales qty sales total gt out sales06 link gt xeq IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec l You now end up with a file that looks l
15. gt if table 2 20 or table 4 if table 8 31 and table 9 Character Subscripts Character string fields may have 1 2 or 3 subscripts after them Character string fields are allowed more than one subscript value If ADDR has the form 5X30 it consists of 5 substrings of 30 characters each e ADDR 1 is the first 30 character sub item of ADDR e ADDR without subscript is the same as ADDR 1 e ADDR 2 is the second 30 character sub item of ADDR e ADDR 2 4 is the second sub item starting with the 4th byte and extending for the remainder of the sub item 27 bytes e ADDR 24 6 starts at the same location but extends for only 6 bytes If NAME has the form X50 it is not a repeated field e NAME is the same as NAME 1 e NAME 1 4 6 is the first and only sub item starting at the 4th byte and extending for 6 bytes e NAME 1 10 is a field that starts at the 10th byte and implicitly extends to the end of the field for the remaining 41 bytes gt 1f name 1 4 6 HAWAII gt if addr 3 VANCOUVER B C gt if addr 3 11 20 B C pattern matching Numeric Expressions Bit Selections The If command can extract and test any series of one or more contiguous bits in a field Suprtool allows bit extracts only on Integer or Logical fields of two bytes in length one 16 bit word To do a bit extract from another type of field first use Define to redefine the data as a two byte Logical field Once
16. 100 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Examples gt if field 10 1115 numeric field gt if cost qty gt 10000 gt if total lt qty price tax gt if yymmdd date 100 mod 100 lt 03 first quarter Division by Zero Suprtool reports an error and the input record number if an arithmetic computation results in division by zero Use Set Ignore On to force Suprtool to ignore division by zero errors With Set Ignore On the result of division by zero is zero Your task executes more slowly if you have a lot of division by zero errors and you have asked Suprtool to ignore them A better approach is to check for zero in the If expression before using it in division if Sread qty lt gt 0 and avoid division by zero total qty gt 100 Missing Features Arithmetic overflow in computations will cause Suprtool to abort Accuracy By default Suprtool uses floating point arithmetic to compute In some cases there can be slight inaccuracies due to rounding errors Numeric Truncation The accuracy of arithmetic computations is limited to approximately sixteen digits Suprtool may truncate four word integers quad or large packed decimal or display numbers when they are converted to floating point Suprtool does not produce any error or warning in this case Abs function Suprtool supports an abs function which returns the absolute value of a number For example if a field calle
17. D setup exe where D is the letter assigned to your CD ROM drive If you do not have a documentation CD you can download the files from the Robelle web site at http www robelle com library manuals The Suprtool documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition EXTRACT field subscript value 1 UPPERcase letters literal symbols to be used in the command as they appear e g EXTRACT 2 Lowercase underlined or italic variables to be filled in by the user example field Each such variable is defined elsewhere in terms of literal symbols consult the index In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables appear simply in lowercase 3 Brackets enclose optional fields example subscript 4 Braces enclose comments in examples For example gt INPUT ACTREC input from a data file Braces can be used for comments in actual Suprtool commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Suprtool e 3 5 Up lines separate alternatives from which you select example Set Ignore On Off sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines 6 Dot dot dot indicates that the variable may be repeated many times in the command 7 Other special characters literal symbols that must appear in the command as they are shown in the format example the comma above Some commas in Suprtool are optiona
18. For help in help type when you see the Qhelp prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return Press F8 to exit the Qhelp subsystem and return to STExport 204 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual HTML Command HT Use HTML to produce Web pages for either Internet or Intranet applications HTML NONE PREFORMATTED TABLE TITLE string HEADING string Default None Web applications expect data in a special format called the Hypertext Markup Language HTML Use the HTML option to request that STExport format the input file into HTML format Example Maximum Size of HTML Files Web browsers often cannot process large documents The maximum size depends on the browser the version of that browser the operating system it is working on and how much physical memory is present on the client machine We suggest that you limit your Web pages to less than 1 000 lines and restrict the number of columns unless you are certain that your users can handle larger files This advice reflects not so much a limitation of STExport but a limitation of how Web browsers work Preformatted Format To preserve the columns and spacing of each output line use the HTML Preformatted option This option puts an HTML lt pre gt tag around all the data in the input file Most Web browsers will display preformatted text in a fixed width font such as Courier Therefore i
19. Here is a script file for automating this task This script can be executed before running Suprtool or from within Suprtool Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 43 bin sh rm usefile echo set report limit 1 gt usefile echo access 2 gt gt usefile echo set subfile name 1 keep gt gt usefile echo report summary all gt gt usefile echo go gt gt usefile echo exit gt gt usefile quiz lt usefile This script accepts two parameters the name of the subfile to be created and the name of the file whose structure it will duplicate Makesub can be invoked from within Suprtool as shown below suprtool gt makesub cmasfile custmast gt input custmast reclen 80 nolf gt if credit limit 1000000 gt sort custnum gt output cmasfile sf erase gt exit Quiz Generating Suprtool Commands Suprtool does not have the ability to prompt users for selection criteria You can easily create a short Quiz procedure to prompt for values and create a file of Suprtool commands define D PROMPT date format YYMMDD parm prompt Enter selection date report amp input custmast reclen 80 nolf amp skip if DATEFIELD D PROMPT pic amp Skip output OUTFILE amp Skip xeq set nohead Set report device disc name STCO set page length O0 go gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Quiz edits the user s input for a valid date Note that th
20. PowerHouse subfile you should always use the LF option on the Output command Examples One reason to use stdlist as the output file is to obtain a quick listing of the ASCII fields in the input source The following example lists the Account Lastname and Firstname columns of the Customer table and separates them by two spaces gt open ora demo reader input from a database gt select from customer use the Customer table gt extract account account number will be first gt extract two spaces gt extract lastname the customer s last name gt extract two more spaces gt extract firstname the customer s first name gt output output the records to stdlist gt sort account sorted by the account number gt exit The following examples demonstrate other combinations of options on the Output command The entire ssues chapter of the manual should be reviewed for extended examples using the Output command Many Output options were intended for specific application areas gt output newfile gt output accum append gt output keyfile key gt output transf num data gt output querynum num query gt output null If you want to find out how many records are qualified by some selection criteria without producing an output file send the output to null The Out count on stdlist displays the number of qualifying records Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Notes The output file must be an o
21. Result 6162 97 98 ab 6364 99 100 cd Programmers who make use of the MPE DEBUG software are often frustrated with the format that Double Integer numbers are printed DEBUG prints them as two octal numbers Calculator accepts two octal numbers as input and prints the result in standard decimal format Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 173 35632 145000 treat as one double integer value Result 1000000000 0 177777 177766 negative double integer value Result 10 0 Calculator Help It may be difficult to remember all of the various options that the calculator offers For this reason you can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives help prints a summary of functions 174 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Errors and Warnings Two Types Of Messages Errors Suprtool prints two types of messages errors and warnings In both cases Suprtool is letting you know that it has encountered a condition of which you may want to be aware This appendix describes both kinds of messages and gives a partial list of warning messages Errors are defined as conditions which immediately prevent Suprtool from continuing or which allow it to complete a task and then stop because continuing would likely cause undesirable or erroneous results When Suprtool detects a serious error condition such as a syntax error in a command
22. Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 49 Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd The following Suprtool task shows how you can generate a new file to put into a new database with dates in a different format Consider the deliv date and purch_date fields of the D Sales dataset Database STORE DBOLD ACCOUNT D SALES Detail Entry CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 1 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE X6 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 15 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 23 PURCH DATE X6 27 SALES OTY J1 33 SALES TAX J2 35 SALES_TOTAL J2 39 Capacity 611 13 Entries 15 Highwater 15 Bytes 42 You want to convert to a date format with room for a cc at the beginning of the deliv date and purch date Database STORE DB ACCOUNT D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE X8 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 T7 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 25 PURCH DATE X8 29 SALES OTY J1 37 SALES TAX J2 39 SALES TOTAL J2 43 Capacity 608 16 Entries 0 Highwater 0 Bytes 46 In order to convert these dates you need to be able to put either a 19 or 20 in front of the yymmdd date depending on the value of the year Before you can do either of these you must confirm once again that you have no invalid dates base store dbold sget d sales gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch date date yymmdd gt if invalid deliv date or invalid purch date gt list gt xeq Once you have confirmed that
23. maximum link record length 275 maximum output fields 276 maximum output record length 235 276 maximum size HTML files 206 means range of fields 288 missing comma error 86 88 mixed case comparisons 104 modulo operator 85 100 MPE commands disabling access 153 MPE vs HP UX 30 MPE restricting 153 multidataset access 2 multiple commands per line 57 287 multiple search values 163 N native language support 156 negative value 89 news memos 4 NLS option Set command 156 no quotes 217 NOLF 136 nonprinting characters 98 non SD Files and duplicate 74 not equal to lt gt 285 NOT operator 96 null values 98 Num option 133 Num Data option 133 Num Key option 133 Num Query option 134 number sign in patterns 286 numeric bytes Suprtool 100 numeric constants 98 numeric expressions 85 99 numeric justification 124 numeric string test 103 numeric truncation 101 Numrecs command 130 O O S commands 58 oc option 28 offset parameter 66 Open command 131 optional command name 121 optional Link option 263 Index e 293 OR operator 96 Oracle applications 35 Oracle database 131 Oracle data types 35 Oracle date format 117 Oracle dates 194 Oracle Number Conversion 36 Oracle performance 54 out of disc space 130 outcount default file name 28 outcount Set Filename 29 output choices 33 Output command 132 216 265 output file format 193 output file name duplicated 281 output file maximum f
24. numeric Examples String Class 1234 numeric 12 3 no class contains both numeric and special ABCD alpha B JONES no class contains both alpha and special EL special A1B2 alphanumeric Pattern Matching Suprtool can also select records based on a pattern of characters rather than an exact string of characters For example use the following to select all records with ROBERT anywhere in the Name field gt if name ROBERT The double equals is the operator for pattern matching The at signs means anything before or after ROBERT is acceptable including nothing For character fields there are two comparison operators for patterns matches and gt lt does not match The pattern is specified as a quoted string using the special characters listed below Embedded spaces are allowed in the pattern and must be matched in the target field These are the special characters Character Meaning Zero or more characters of any type A single numeric character Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 103 104 e Suprtool Commands A single alphabetic or numeric character Zero or more blank characters amp Escape character to match the next character explicitly amp looks for the character A Reserved for future use Reserved for future use Any other character must be matched one for one gt if name BIRD does name contain BIRD anywhere
25. or httpd conf CERN configuration file This user must have read and write access to the directory specified in STExport s Output command This directory must also be accessible by the server software as defined in the configuration file For security reasons it is not recommended that you create these files in the server s root directory You can configure a default html directory for example userdir entry in CERN for individual users When the URL contains a user construct the server knows it has to look for the default directory under the user s home directory Let us assume the default is public html Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 207 208 e STExport Commands You could create a public_html directory under the home directory for the userid specified in the configuration file Another option is to create a new user on your system with the same directory structure whose sole purpose would be to hold these dynamic HTML files For example create a user called htmluser whose home directory would be users htmluser Create a users htmluser public html directory Directory permissions should be read write for user group and others The URL to read these would then be http www mycompany com htmluser filename html Shell Script Suprtool and STExport will be executed from a Korn shell script Let us call it sx orders ksh It can reside in any directory that has appropriate permissions to execute Do not
26. printed copies of these They are also available as PDF or HTML Help files You may have received a documentation CD with these files or you can download the files from the Robelle web site Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Notation User Manuals The user manuals contain the full description of all the Suprtool commands as well as usage tips The manuals are up to date with all the latest changes incorporated in Suprtool To see only the changes in the latest version see the What s New section of the manual or see the change notice Change Notice For a complete description of the latest changes made to Suprtool the installation instructions and any compatibility issues see the change notice that was included with the release Printed Documentation The latest user manuals and change notice are available in Adobe PDF format If you do not already have the Adobe Acrobat Reader you can get a copy from http www adobe com prodindex acrobat readstep html Online Documentation in HTML Help Format The Suprtool user manuals and change notice are available in HTML Help format Support for compiled HTML help CHM files is built into recent versions of Windows CD or Web Download If you received a documentation CD with this version of Suprtool you will find the documentation files on the CD The installation program will start automatically when you insert the CD into the drive If it does not start automatically run
27. rm temp redo Gtemp redo last containing temp Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 217 Reset Command R Cancel the current task RESET Reset closes the current Input file then resets the Output file name to Output Formatting options are not reset only the task related commands are reset If you try to reset an individual command STExport prints a warning 218 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Set Command S Enables or disables certain operating options within STExport These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands SET MAPPED ONJOFF REDO filename STATISTICS ON OFF VARSUB ONJOFF WARNINGS ONJOFF XMLTAGCHAR Mapped SET MAPPED ON OFF Mapped has no effect within STExport UX Redo SET REDO filename Initially unnamed temporary file Commands entered at the STExport prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack by using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit This temporary stack is not preserved across STExport invocations The new Set Redo command assigns a permanent file as the redo stack allowing the stack to become available for future STExport invocations For example to assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter Set Redo Myredo If the file does not exist STExp
28. sss eren ener 44 What If I Have Four Digit Years essssssseseseeee eene 44 What does Set Date Cutoff do essct rer tene 45 Stddate and Set Date Cutie 45 What does Set Date ForceCentury do sssssssssseseeeeeenens 45 What If I Have Two Digit Years ssessssssssssesseeeeeeeeenenn eene 46 What Is Wrong with Two Digit Years esee 46 How Do Today and Date Work sss nennen 47 Will Suprtool Generate an Error for Two Digit Year Dates sss 47 How Do I Use Today and Date with yymmdd Dates sss 47 aammidd Date Format iia 48 Invalid Dates nones sedes iet e iie de RR ds 48 Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits sesssssssesss 48 Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd ssuss 48 Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd sss 50 Case 3 Different Date Formats X6 MMDDYY Data to X6 YYMMDD 51 Year 2000 esting dec eR odos 53 Performance ISSUES Re M s 53 Sort Performance eee er RA ASSERERE ea aA orate oe eee A 54 Oracle Performance Aia REVUE 54 Analyzing Performance Data sese enne 54 Performance Summary scorre a E O NER 55 Suprtool Commands 57 General Notes ee eere aate eee iet Peace s 57 Abbreviating and ede eere ait dat eee detinet E E 57 Uppercase or Lowercase i e edet ca erste EEE rreo steve sa coastesiesevects eo
29. statements PATH PATH opt robelle bin MANPATH SMANPATH opt robelle man Remember to delete any PATH or MANPATH settings in etc d profile so that new users do not override your changes You also have to warn existing Bourne and Korn shell users to change the profile file in their home directories C Shell See Configuring Different Shells above for a discussion on the files that are automatically executed by the C shell The easiest way to change the two PATHS for all the users on your HP UX machine is to logon as root and add these two lines to the file etc csh login after any existing PATH or MANPATH statements set path path opt robelle bin Setenv MANPATH SMANPATH opt robelle man Remember to delete any PATH or MANPATH settings in both etc d login and etc d cshre so that new users do not override your changes You also have to warn existing C shell users to change their login and cshrc files in their home directories 26 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Control Characters and stty Most HP UX users have Control D configured as the end of file character and Control C as the interrupt character If you use Robelle style modify you must reassign Control D to a different control character If you are familiar with MPE you may want to assign Control Y as your interrupt character A standard shell configuration file profile for Bourne and Korn shells and login for the C shell usua
30. subscript is provided Suprtool uses the first sub item The offset parameter is optional and specifies a byte offset from the position that would otherwise be used This allows you to define fields relative to other fields The offset starts at 1 and not at 0 i e FIELD 1 is the first byte of the field To define a field that corresponds to the second index of the address array of the customer file you would use Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 65 gt in customer self describing file gt define city address 2 gt 1f city Vancouver gt list gt xeq Data Types Here are the valid types Type Description BYTE printable ASCII characters INT INTEGER two s complement DOUBLE two s complement IEEE IEEE floating point PACKED packed decimal PACKED packed decimal last nibble unused DISPLAY zoned decimal numeric field LOGICAL unsigned integer CHARACTER for Native Language Support The Define command also accepts Fpoint as the data type for IEEE numbers The following table shows the Suprtool definitions for the IMAGE data types IMAGE Type Number of Bytes COBOL SUPRTOOL Declaration Definition Il 2 S9 4 COMP gt define a 1 2 integer D 4 S9 9 COMP gt define a 1 4 double 14 8 S9 18 COMP gt define a 1 8 integer yl 2 S9 4 COMP gt define a 1 2 integer y 4 S9 9 COMP gt define a 1 4 double J4 8 S9 18 COMP gt define a 1 8 integer Un n A n gt define a 1 n byte Xn n X n gt define
31. use usedef def j 1 6 byte the Define command will not be executed until after the Usedef and any other nested Use commands are finished Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 167 Notes The usefile may be an unnumbered fixed length file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ If a Use file ends with an ampersand Suprtool will assume that you are continuing the current command on the next line outside of the use file 168 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Userpause Command USER The Userpause command prints a prompt message on the screen and waits for the user to press a key USERPAUSE string Default read without a prompt Prints the string and waits for any key Leading spaces in the string are printed Examples In this example we have a usefile that displays a message and then waits for the user before starting the task gt 4 gt q We will select all transactions over 10 000 Since gt q there are many transactions this task will take gt q some time usually more than fifteen minutes gt q gt userpause Press any key when you are ready to start Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 169 Verify Command V Displays the specifications that you have entered so far VERIFY ALL VERSION command Default Input O
32. 10 20 30 40 the only valid values gt set list pcl 1 select LaserJet option gt list title Invalid CUSTOMER Records gt xeq include title on listing Changing the Date Format When you select page headings by specifying a title each page includes today s date By default this date is formatted as mmm dd ccyy e g Mar 20 2000 You can override this format with the Date keyword Use the Set command to specify a Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 125 126 e Suprtool Commands different default date format for future List commands e g Set List Date 2 The valid date formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 default mmm dd ccyy Mar 20 2000 1 yy mm dd 00 03 20 2 mm dd yy 03 20 00 3 dd mm yy 20 03 00 4 dd mmmyy 20 Mar00 gt list title Example Report date 3 gt xeq heading date is in dd mm yy format Changing the Time Format When you select page headings by specifying a title each page includes the current time By default the time is in 24 hour format e g 23 02 You can override this format with the Time keyword Use the Set command to specify a different default time format for future List commands e g Set List Time 2 The valid time formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 none 1 default 24 hour 23 02 2 AM PM 11 02PM gt list title Example Report time 2 gt xeq time will be in AM PM format Simple Reports A Fast Method for Producing Simple Reports For s
33. 21910 gt GET D SALES gt OUT SNULL 1 CUST ACCOUNT 10010 DELIV DATE 125213 PRODUCT NO 50513001 PRODUCT PRICE 19220 PURCH DATE i SALES OTY 2691 SALES TAX 21910 SALES TOTAL 21910 IN 10 OUT 2 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 In this example we see two records that do not contain proper dates The first record contains all 9s which is probably used as some sort of flag We may need to add 99 in front of these dates But the second record is obviously wrong We can use Dbedit to correct this before converting the other dates We need to know our data to properly convert to a new date format Once all the incorrect dates are fixed we can start converting We can add a prefix of 19 or 20 to all the appropriate dates by using the following Extract statement Please note that we are updating this directly In case we need to redo this task we only convert those dates that have not yet been converted In this example we set the cutoff year to 30 so any dates before 30 will have 20 as the century and the others will have 19 gt get d sales gt set date cutoff 30 gt item purch date date yymmdd gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt if not invalid purch date and not invalid deliv date gt update gt ext purch date stddate purch date gt ext deliv date stddate deliv date gt xeq We have now converted all the J2 yymmdd dates to a ccyymmdd format and added the correct century to the date
34. A seas anest aes ee aa eee 158 R dO 158 NIU eee ee eee 159 Nhu 159 MA dos 159 SUD A as 159 SUL Y 159 UAE Ir cea RT ER ds 160 Weal ci eecometeest 160 EP I ensecseto e cece csi yess R cs eee E eae eae cece Oa 160 Sort Command SO s tree ete ertet oe NT UTE ERA E ane ential oI 161 Table Command TEA lia rio tae 163 Adding Individual Values to a Table eene 163 Adding Values from a File essere enne 164 Total Command T ed de 167 Update Command UP sid tn e ne etie eb Un ende 169 Use Command U 5 5 ttti te rato TR raro osa 170 Userpause Command USER ias 172 Verify Command Miles lapas 173 Xeq Command X s usd ibo Tic ed ntm Ia 174 Calculator Command 7 ihi ote rre php eo pr vee wen EE s 175 Suprtool Errors and Warnings 179 TwoTypes OfMessages iii feeds dico te testes 179 TOTS p M 179 Wart gs s cidunt avete a 180 Welcome to STExport 181 Welcome to S TEXpOft nte RSEN SENA ee 181 Documentation oci oe E E NU RR NI NARI TU c E 181 CD or Web Download teet ee He he NIRE E ETHER dde 181 Printed Documentation oooooonicononononnconcnonconncon nono nono nonn non oran nn nn enne enne enne 181 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format sese 182 Help Command b estadia ene rl ralla a tao o a
35. Allbase database concepts The current restrictions are 1 Suprtool requires that the ownername be specified when selecting a particular table in the following manner gt select from purchdb orders In this example the owner is purchdb and the tablename is orders 2 Suprtool does not currently handle the Allbase date format You can convert the Allbase date format to something that Suprtool can handle with the TO CHAR function in the Select statement For example gt select qty TO CHAR date YYYYMMDD from manufdb testdata gt def mydate date 1 8 redefine testdate gt item mydate date yyyymmdd define the date format gt 1f mydate lt today 900 Suprtool and Oracle You specify an Oracle database with the Open command You can open any Oracle database to which you normally have access If you cannot open your Oracle database check with your system or database administrator so that your environment can be set up properly Once Suprtool has opened the database use the Form command to obtain information about the tables in the database Use the Select command to choose what data to read from your Oracle databases Oracle access is available as a separate add on module to Suprtool Data Types When you specify a Select command Suprtool figures out how to translate the Oracle internal data types so that Suprtool can process them Not all Oracle data Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Issues and Solutions e
36. Commands Specify a select statement for the currently open SQL database The select command supports all of the features of the select command of the open SQL database Only one select command can be specified at a time SELECT select command Allbase sorts data gt select from user accountGemp order by ename Suprtool sorts data gt select from user account emp gt sort ename The select command can contain any expression or clause that is supported by the SQL database Some features e g ORDER BY may be done faster by Suprtool e g the Sort command Some Select commands can exceed the 256 character command line limitation The Select command however can be considerably larger if you use the read feature of the Select command This feature is similar to the If command read feature and is invoked by entering the Select command on a line by itself unlike If you do not specify read explicitly gt select ename salary tax paid from scott employee order by ename gt The Suprtool prompt changes from gt to after entering the Select command by itself on a line The entire command gets sent to the Select command parser after terminating with two slash marks or a blank line You might realize greater performance gains with the Select command if you specify only the columns that you need in your output file for either tables with many items or when you need only a couple of items from a give
37. DSCOPY 1 Log on as Mgr Robelle hello mgr robelle pub 2 Remove the Sdunixnm file purge sdunixnm pub 3 Specify file command for proper program file size Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 37 file sdunixnm disc 1400 4 DSCOPY the file from your Unix machine dscopy opt robelle mpe sdunixnm hpux user password to sdunixnm bin fcode 1030 rsize 256 fix rep 5 Remove any old versions of Sdunix 6 Rename the program file rename sdunixnm sdunix To install the CM version of SDUnix specify Sdunixcm as the file name disc 400 1 1 for the file size and 1029 for the filecode SDUnix Parameters All SDUnix parameters are specified via Info string There are three parameters input file sd file LF NOLF The first parameter 1s the name of an MPE self describing file The second parameter is the name of the sd file that SDUnix created LF vs NOLF Use the third parameter to specify whether the data file has LF line feed as the record separator or whether the file does not use a file separator If you use FTP to copy the data file to your HP UX machine you should specify the NOLF option and be sure to use a binary mode transfer If you are using DSCOPY with its default options to copy the data file you should specify the LF option Examples The following section contains examples of creating an SD file on MPE converting the SD information and finally copying the two files to
38. Examples gt open oracle demo reader gt select from customer gt output mcstfile gt xeq copies Customer to Mestfile gt select from orders gt output allorders Xeq copies Orders to Allorders gt exit terminate no task to do last Xeq could have been Exit Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 171 Calculator Command 172 e Suprtool Commands Evaluates an expression and prints the result in one of several formats expression L O D B H A 4 96 Any command that begins with an equal sign is treated as an expression to be evaluated An expression consists of numbers and operators followed by an optional display format The operators can be addition subtraction multiplication division or exponentiation The value of the expression is printed immediately on stdlist 220415 add two numbers together Result 35 0 20 15 multiply the same numbers Result 300 0 20 15 subtraction Result 5 0 20 15 divide print precise result Result 1 33333333333 20 15 20 raised to the 15th power Result 327680000000E 20 Order of Evaluation Unlike most programming languages the calculator always evaluates the calculation from left to right This is similar to an electronic calculator where each keystroke is operated on immediately You can use parentheses to force the calculator to evaluate the expression in a different order 14 16 15 3 comp
39. In our testing Suprtool consistently sorts two to four times faster than Oracle Your performance improvements may be different from ours so we recommend that you take some common tasks and try them with both tools Here is an example of sorting with Oracle and then with Suprtool Oracle sorts data Suprtool sorts data gt select from emp gt sort ename For more information on Oracle performance we recommend the book Oracle Performance Tuning by Peter Corrigan and Mark Gurry published by O Reilly and Associates Analyzing Performance Data It is better to test Suprtool with your own database and your own application needs rather than trust a generic performance test The ideal test is an actual production report whose bad performance is causing you a problem If you obtain improvements by using Suprtool you know that you can achieve better speed in practice as well as in tests Use Suprtool as a front end to your problem report producing a small extract file that contains just the fields and records needed for your final program Once you get that working consider linking in data from other files or datasets using Suprlink For comparison purposes run the Suprtool test at the same time as you would normally run the original program Comparing a standalone midnight run against a mid day run does not give valid results nor does comparing two runs in succession the second run benefits on HP UX because the files are already in
40. Name The Link file should be created by Suprtool with the Output Link option it should only contain the fields that you actually need in the final report plus any sort fields If you do an file of the file it should show another file with a sd extension This file contains a description of its own record structure this allows you to refer to the field names and Suprlink can compute where they occur in the record For example input sales Sales is sorted by custno link custfile key is custno link addrfile output custsale link three files exit into custsale Link Keys Suprlink allows files to be linked by up to two keys a primary and a secondary key field By default Suprlink assumes that the key field to the Link file is the same key field specified for the Input file If the Link key field is different from the Input key field use the BY clause to specify the correct key field input customer key name is custnum link sales by custno new name for the same field You would also use the BY clause if the Link file was created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of Output Link Secondary Keys Suppose that you are linking a master to a detail and the detail can have several entries for each master Suprlink has an option that allows you to select which link record you want by matching a second key field in the master LINK filename BY primary key secondary key This option forces Sup
41. Number COMM Number DEPTNO Number Integer Byte Byte Integer Oracle Date Packed Packed Integer HoH oH oH KKK SE SQL Database If an Allbase database is open and no input file has been specified the default Form command shows all of the tables in the database If a Select command has been specified the default Form command shows the columns in the Select command The exact format of the Form command is different for each SQL database Self Describing Files The Link output option produces an SD file with information about how the file was sorted what fields are compound and the date format or the number of implied decimal places for any fields The Form command shows all of this information File custfile SD Version B 00 00 Has line feeds Entry Offset CHAR FIELD X5 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt REPEATED I1 311 6 compound field DATE FIELD J2 12 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt COST FIELD J2 16 lt lt 2 gt gt Entry Length 20 Blocking 1 Default Form If a Select or Input command of a self describing file has been entered a Form command without parameters shows the fields in the current input source If an Open command has been specified but no input source a Form command without parameters shows the tables in the SQL database Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Get Command G The Get command is not available in Suprtool UX See the Select command instead Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Com
42. Soutput dexport xeq Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 195 Decimal Command DEC Specify the format for the decimal place in numeric fields DECIMAL PERIOD COMMA Default Period The fields in the input file The Decimal command specifies what separator will be used to indicate the decimal must have been created with place in numeric fields In North America the custom is to indicate the decimal decimal places using place in numbers with a period Outside North America the custom is to indicate Suprtool s Item command the decimal place with a comma If the decimal place indicator is incorrect it is harder to import files into other applications The Decimal command does not apply to floating point fields 196 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Delimiter Command DE Specify a delimiter if any that appears between each field in the output record DELIMITER NONE COMMA TAB SPACE string Default Comma Use Delimiter Comma to create an output file in comma delimited format this is common for PC database applications Use Delimiter Tab to tell STExport to insert the tab character between fields instead of a comma If you have selected Columns Fixed you will likely want to remove the delimiter by specifying Delimiter None If you want some white space between fixed length columns specify Delimiter Space instead String Parameter You can put anything in
43. Step 3 Restore Files Use the following command to restore the Suprtool UX files from the distribution tape tar xv opt robelle This command assumes your tape device is dev rmt 0m If it is not you need to specify your tape device using the f option in the tar command For example if your tape device is dev rmt 1m you need to use the following command to restore the files tar xvf dev rmt 1m opt robelle HP UX 10 0 and 10 10 Your tape has two copies of Suprtool The version in opt robelle runs only on HP UX 10 20 and later The version of Suprtool in the usr robelle directory 1s compatible with HP UX 9 x to 10 10 The naming convention for third party programs on HP UX has changed from usr to opt If you want to use Suprtool in the opt directory you need only the following commands mv usr robelle opt ln s opt robelle usr robelle Step 4 Set the ROBELLE Variable 6 e Installing Suprtool You must set the ROBELLE environment variable so that Suprtool can find its help and suprmgr files How you set this variable depends on where you have installed Suprtool Bourne and Korn Shells export ROBELLE opt robelle C Shell setenv ROBELLE opt robelle If you install Suprtool in any other directory you must set the ROBELLE environment variable to that directory Details of how to set up the PATH and MANPATH variables are included in the chapter Running Suprtool Under HP UX Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX Use
44. The Srnchronos date format is used in applications from Software Research Northwest Like Oracle dates this format includes the date and time but the time portion is ignored by the date and today functions DDD Dates Dates consisting of ddd in the format name use the ddd to represent the nth day in the current year This means that January 1 will be day 001 and Dec 31 will be day 365 on non leap years Some people refer to these type of dates as Julian dates HPCalendar The HPCalendar date format is supported by HP s new HPCalendar intrinsic and consists of a 32 bit integer number whereby the first 23 bits represent the year and the last nine bits represent the day of the year Decimal Places The decimal attribute is the number of implied decimal places in an item The minimum number of implied decimal places is 0 The maximum is based on the data type of the item Data Type Maximum Implied Decimal Places Il gt D 10 I3 15 14 19 Kl 5 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 117 118 e Suprtool Commands K2 10 Pn n 1 You cannot specify implied decimal places for byte char or IEEE type items Once you define a decimal place almost every command in Suprtool is affected Suprtool accepts numeric values with decimal points or scales integers according to the number of implied decimal places e g specify two implied decimal places then enter 1 000 to represent 1 000 00 All formatting commands fo
45. User Manual Suprtool Commands e 69 Delete Command DEL The Delete command is not available in Suprtool UX 70 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Do Command DO The Do command repeats without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL 2 Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands Y ou can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples gt listredo see the previous 20 commands gt do do previous command again gt do 39 do command line 39 again gt do 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again gt do list do most recent List command gt do grep do last starting with grep gt do grep job do last grep job command gt do job do last containing job gt do 2 do command before previous one gt do 7 5 do by relative line number gt do 5 do command lines 5 to last Notes The Do command can be abbreviated to as in MPEX You cannot use to combine commands on the same line Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 71 Duplicate Command DU 72 e Suprtool Commands By default Suprtool copi
46. We have edited the Suprlink UX manual to be more generic in this regard however some references remain for clarity The Suprlink documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition Link filename BY link keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL 1 UPPERCASE LETTERS are required elements in the command and must be typed exactly as they appear Example BY 2 Highlighted lowercase letters underlined or italic are variables to be filled in by the user In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables will appear simply in lowercase Example filename 3 Brackets enclose optional fields Example FROM input keys 4 Braces enclose comments in examples Braces are allowed for comments in actual Suprlink commands Example output repts temp produces job temporary Output 5 Uplines separate alternatives from which you will select Sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines Example TEMP ERASE 6 Inexamples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line Installing Suprlink 238 e Welcome to Suprlink Suprlink is installed as part of the Suprtool installation process See the Installing Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual for more details of how to install both Suprtool and Suprlink Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable Some file names are hardcoded in
47. a 1 n byte Zn n 9 n gt define a 1 n display Pn n 2 S9 n 1 COMP 3 gt define a 1 n 2 packed K1 2 gt define a 1 2 logical K2 4 gt define a 1 4 logical E2 4 gt define a 1 4 ieee E4 8 gt define a 1 8 ieee Data type Display may have a trailing overpunch sign 66 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Packed Decimal Fields When defining packed decimal fields you must convert the number of decimal digits into a byte count The last digit of a decimal field is always used for the sign There are two data types for decimal fields PACKED for those that end on a byte boundary and PACKED for those that end in the middle of a byte Here are some example definitions of packed decimal fields Suprtool Definition Description gt define m 1 2 packed s9 3 COMP 3 P4 in IMAGE 2 bytes 4 nibbles last is sign digit gt define n 1 2 packed s9 2 COMP 3 P4 in IMAGE 2 bytes 4 nibbles last digit is unused gt define p 1 6 packed s9 11 COMP 3 P12 in IMAGE 6 bytes 3 words 11 digits Data Type Warning The Define command accepts field definitions of any combination of byte length and data type However many combinations have limited usefulness in Suprtool In these cases Suprtool prints a warning For example gt def field 1 1 integer Warning Length of 1 is of limited use for the data type INTEGER Examples The following examples show the various data types and combinations that are available with the Defi
48. an HP UX machine First create an SD file with run suprtool pub robelle base store 5 Database password gt get d inventory out dinv link gt exit Now you can convert the label information to an sd file using the SDUnix utility Note that the data file is the first file passed in the info string Specify LF if you are using DSCOPY Now you can use DSCOPY to copy the files to the HP UX machine dscopy dinv to store dinv dopey data password dscopy dinvsd to store dinv sd dopey data password Specify NOLF if you are using FTP 38 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual run sdunix pub robelle info dinv dinvsd nolf Use FTP to copy the files to the HP UX machine dopey binary exitonerror put dinv users data store dinv put dinvsd users data store dinv sd quit Now you can use Suprtool UX to read the SD file suprtool gt input store dinv gt form File store dinv SD Version B 00 00 No line feeds Entry Offset BIN NO Il 1 LAST SHIP DATE I2 3 ON HAND QTY I2 7 PRODUCT NO Z8 11 SUPPLIER NO Z8 19 UNIT COST P8 27 ITEM DESC1 X20 31 ITEM DESC2 ITEM DESC3 X20 71 ITEM DESC4 X20 91 Entry Length 110 Blocking 1 gt out dinvfile gt xeq Link vs Query SDUnix and Suprtool UX can recognize files created with the Query option and from Query However they cannot recognize compound item details or any Item attributes such as Decimal or Date
49. and Australia Australia New Zealand MRFM Pty Ltd Attention Michael Redmond Phone 61 3 9629 8633 Fax 61 3 9629 8062 E mail mredmond mrfm com au Web www mrfm com au Hong Kong SCS Computer Systems Ltd Attention Steven Lai Phone 852 2609 1338 Fax 852 2607 3042 Singapore Malaysia Singapore Computer Systems Ltd Attention Toh Tiau Hong Phone 65 441 2688 Fax 65 441 2811 E mail tohth scs com sg Web www scs com sg North America Mexico Infosistemas Financieros SA de CV Attention Anita De Urquijo Phone 5255 813 1325 Fax 5255 813 3026 E mail adeurquijo if com mx Web www if com mx Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual How to Contact Robelle e 279 Glossary of Terms Commonly used Terms Batch Suprtool operates in session mode or batch mode In batch any error message causes Suprtool to quit Warning messages do not cause an abort If an error occurs Suprtool returns a non zero value as its result In batch mode Suprtool does not prompt for missing information as it does in session mode For example if the output file is a duplicate file name Suprtool automatically answers yes to the question asking you to purge the existing file Pseudo Batch Tasks During a canned on line task such as passing usefiles to Suprtool you can fool Suprtool into responding YES to operational questions For example if one of the canned tasks requires Suprtool to output myfile erase then Sup
50. as the Dbedit prompt character 286 matches number 286 means every n th record 113 286 abs function 87 101 atoe Extract function 90 date function 83 105 days 107 days function 83 etoa Extract function 90 file Total command 167 invalid 48 106 lookup function 97 lower 89 104 ltrim 89 104 null file 123 137 read function 110 rtrim 89 104 signed function 89 stddate 83 106 stdinx file 284 stdlist file 132 284 today function 82 106 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual trim 89 104 truncate function 87 101 upper 88 104 means percentage 288 amp amp continuation character 251 286 amp means escape pattern 286 means start parameter 287 means end parameter 288 means stdinx stdlist file command 284 file name 31 means a list 287 means range of records 113 288 for O S commands 286 for shell commands 28 2 means alphanumeric pattern 286 matches anything 286 means range of fields 84 A means character constant 82 98 Index e 289 start command line comment 189 252 end command line comment 189 252 lt lt means less than 285 lt gt means not equal to 285 means calculator 285 means equal to 285 set name parameter 285 means matches pattern 285 gt gt changing the prompt character 158 gt is the prompt character 285 gt mean
51. assigning the string expression to the target field Suprtool pads the final string value with spaces to fill out the target field String expressions longer than the target field generate an error gt in testfile gt def a 1 10 byte gt ext a I m too long for this container Error String is too long for the specified item String Truncation Suprtool produces an error if the string expression is longer than the target field You cannot override this error with Set Ignore On To help avoid the error you may want to trim the expression of trailing spaces before assigning it to the target field For example gt extract new field Strim a b c Upshifting Strings Upper Use the built in function Supper to upshift all the characters of a string expression into uppercase characters This function can be used to upshift a single field a complicated string expression or any subpart of an expression Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are upshifted by Supper For example gt extract city up upper city gt extract full name Supper first last gt extract desc desc 1 Supper desc 2 Downshifting Strings Lower If you want to downshift all characters of a string expression to lowercase use the built in function lower This function can be used to downshift a single field a complicated string expression or any subpart of an expression Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are downshifted by lower For examp
52. by name in any Suprtool UX command that accepts field names as a parameter SDUnix is an MPE program that takes self describing file information and writes it out to an MPE flat file This flat file can then be transferred to HP UX together with the data file so that Suprtool UX can reference the self describing information about the fields To copy the SD file to the HP UX machine it must have an sd extension and be in the same directory as the data file For example if the data filename is usr local data datafile the SD file must have the name usr local data datafile sd The SD file is written out to the same domain permanent or temporary as the input file The SD file contains only one record with the necessary length to store all of the label information Installation SDUnix has been included on your HP UX tape and needs to be installed on your MPE system You can do this with either FTP or DSCOPY Installing using FTP 1 Log on as Mgr Robelle hello mgr robelle pub 2 Remove the Sdunixnm file purge sdunixnm pub 3 FTP the file from your Unix machine ftp dopey binary cd opt robelle mpe get sdunixnm sdunixnm rec 128 1 f binary code nmprg disc 1400 4 Remove any old versions of Sdunix purge sdunix 5 Rename the program file rename sdunixnm sdunix To install the CM version of SDUnix specify Sdunixcm as the file name disc 400 1 1 for the file size and PROG for the filecode Installing with
53. code Roman 8 vs ASCII The PCL option requests a Roman 8 character set but some combination font cartridges only supply the ASCII character set half as many characters means twice as many fonts in a single cartridge If you ask for Landscape Lineprinter and get Landscape Courier instead your Lineprinter font probably has the ASCII character set instead of the Roman 8 character set To request an ASCII font add 1000 to the PCL code For example if you have a Super Cartridge 55 fonts in one use PCL 1001 1004 and 1006 To select both ASCII and A4 paper add 3000 Double Sided Printing on LaserJets The LaserJet IID and HID can print on both sides of the paper The Duplex keyword enables double sided printing on these printers gt list duplex Headings in Listings Specifying a Title in the List command forces Suprtool to produce a formatted listing with page headings page numbers today s date and the current time If you want just the date and page numbers use an empty string For example gt list title The following example prints a report on a LaserJet in Landscape sideways mode using the tiny Lineprinter font including a page heading with the title The physical command line limit is 256 characters As a result the maximum size of the heading is less than 256 characters because the List command and heading options need to be included in the command line in custs self describing file gt if status lt gt
54. commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 214 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Output Command O Specifies the Output file OUTPUT filename ERASE LF NOLF By default the Output file is named Output If you specify Columns None the output file will have variable length records When Columns Fixed is specified STExport creates the output file with fixed length records Line Feeds STExport s Output command allows the user to specify whether the output file has line feeds Normally STExport determines whether to write out line feeds from the self describing file If the self describing file does not have line feeds then the resulting file from the STExport task will not have line feeds This caused problems for some programs that import the file or for some browsers that use the HTML option You can now explicitly specify line feeds in the output file by using the LF option in ora customer Sout filelex lf Sexit To specify that line feeds are not written out to the file you can use the NOLF option Sin ora customer Sout filelex nolf Sexit Stdlist If the output file name is each output record is written to stdlist This is useful for trying out different formatting combinations until you find the one that best fits
55. commands on same line 57 comma 287 command line 251 commands 186 commands formatting 186 commands multiple 57 comments 189 252 comparing strings as numbers 11 compound items 80 161 configuring Suprtool 27 constants 80 98 constants in arithmetic expressions 86 88 constants in the output file 80 continuing commands 251 control break 168 control characters 282 Control D in modify 27 Control Y 59 190 252 conventions 3 182 238 convert from binary to ASCII 18 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Converting dates 48 count duplicate records 73 count parameter 113 count qualifying records 137 Count output restrictions 74 D data conversion 89 Data option 133 216 265 data overflow error 110 database parameter 282 database closing 143 database open mode 156 dataset end of file 151 dataset highwater mark 151 data types 66 185 data types Oracle 35 Date command 194 Date command invalid dates 195 Date command separator character 194 date constants 105 date format in List 126 154 date format Date command 194 date function of Extract 83 date function of If 105 date limits 84 109 115 Date option 152 date selection 105 date selection with ASK MANMAN 116 Date Set List 154 Date Set option 149 150 dates in the output file 82 83 dates defining 114 dates relative 105 days function 83 107 DBCONTROL intrinsic 151 ddd dates 117 ddd date format 117 Decimal command 196
56. days that have elapsed since January 1 4713 BC on the Julian calendar Typically Julian Day numbers refer to an integer number corresponding to whole days while the Julian Date may mean an integer plus a decimal value that resolves the Julian count to precise parts of a day Suprtool supports the JulianDay number and does not attempt to support an hour or point in the day aammdd and Related Date Formats The aammdd attribute is similar to yymmdd except the aa portion of the date uses a combination of letters and numbers in order to represent dates beyond 1999 The aammdd date format was developed by James Overman of HP for use in their MM3000 product This format is available only for X6 data type Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual By substituting a letter of the alphabet in the first position of the year we can extend a six digit date and also ensure that the dates collate correctly For example YY of AAMMDD CCYY 00 09 1900 1909 90 99 1990 1999 AO A9 2000 2009 BO B9 2010 2019 CO C9 2020 2029 Because letters are greater than numbers in the collating sequence you can ensure that aammdd dates beyond 1999 will order correctly Suprtool also supports other date formats with this two character year representation These formats are aamm mmddaa and ddmmaa Oracle Oracle dates include both the date and the time The date and today functions only apply to the date part of Oracle dates SRN Chronos
57. decimal places 18 117 decimal places constant values 118 decimal places defining 114 decimal places Extract command 81 decimal places If command 100 decimal places List command 123 decimal places Table command 164 default field filling in Suprlink 263 default processing 78 Defer Set option 151 deferred output in IMAGE 151 Define command 65 definition parameter 65 Delete command 70 155 delimited output files 41 135 Delimiter command 197 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Delimiter maximum length 235 Desc parameter 120 161 descending order 120 161 differences MPE vs HP UX 30 disc space reduced 130 display constants 81 display fields maintaining the sign 89 Display option 134 division by zero 87 101 Do command 71 198 256 double quotes 217 double sided printing 125 downshifting strings 89 Dumponerror Set option 151 Duplicate and non SD files 74 Duplicate command 72 duplicate field names 265 duplicate keys order of sort 41 duplicate output file 30 duplicate records 72 duplicates removing 72 duplicates saving 72 dynamic Web pages 207 E EBCDIC conversions 90 Edit command 76 EDSdate 116 Else clause of the IF command 95 end of file IMAGE 151 endrecord parameter 113 Eofread Set option 151 equal to sign 282 285 Erase option of Output 248 265 erasing files 132 error block size 281 error messages in Suprtool 179 283 error code overflow 111 error data overflow 110 escape cha
58. external yyyymmdd format with a dash separator between day month and year All fields with implied decimal places have been converted with a decimal point Load Data Into Oracle If you need to load the export file into an Oracle database you can use Oracle s own SQL Loader Files created with STExport can be processed immediately with SQL Loader Suppose we want to load the data extracted in Salefile We would use STExport to format the information and store the results in Expsale run stexport pub robelle input salefile self describing input file date yyyymmdd dates with a dash separator Soutput expsales output to a file xeq If the Oracle database resided on an HP 9000 we would need to transfer Expsale How you transfer the file is not important as long as it gets there in the same format including line separators Also note that the file should have an extension SQL Loader expects a dat extension by default The Oracle table should have all the necessary columns To create a table with the fields in Salefile you could use the following create table sales details CUST ACCOUNT dec 8 DELIV DATE date PRODUCT NO dec 8 PRODUCT PRICE dec 8 2 PURCH DATE date SALES QTY dec 6 SALES TAX dec 8 2 SALES TOTAL dec 8 2 tablespace USERS SQL Loader requires what is known as a control file It contains the load specifications such as the data file the destination table the field del
59. filename Database Date ltems A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file A common reason for usefiles is to isolate Define and Item commands for a database in one place This makes future changes easier and prevents mistakes In this example we isolate all Item commands for dates from our database in a Suprtool usefile gt use store suprtool define delivered deliv date define purchased purch date item delivered date yymmdd item purchased date yymmdd Quiet Execution By default Suprtool displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed The quiet option is not used in the examples above so that you could see the actual commands inside each usefile Suprtool can execute commands quietly using the Useq command Nested Usefiles Usefiles may be nested In other words a usefile may use another usefile to a depth of ten files For example if the contents of the Usedef usefile has a references to Useext both usefiles would be executed gt in dsales gt use usedef define delivered deliv date define purchased purch date item delivered date yymmdd item purchased date yymmdd use useext ext cust account ext deliv date ext product no ext product price ext purch date ext sales qty ext sales tax ext sales total gt xeq Care must be taken when entering Use commands with a stacked command after a usefile reference For example if you enter
60. forget to assign eXecute permission to the file chmod x sx orders ksh You can run this script manually from the prompt to see if there are any problems Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual 1 bin ksh H H Make sure the PATH variable includes opt robelle bin where Suprtool and STExport usually reside H PATH PATH opt robelle bin H Create a temporary logfile and get a file name for the temporary extract file temp_sxlog mktemp touch temp_sxlog temp sxdata mktemp Run Suprtool and extract the data Read commands using here is write messages to temporary logfile suprtool lt lt EOD gt gt Stemp_sxlog Open Allbase users orders db OrdersDBE clerk Select From clerk sales Item purchasedate date yyyymmdd Item deliverydate date yyyymmdd Item price decimal 2 Item salestax decimal 2 Item salestotal decimal 2 If purchasedate Stoday 1 Sort customernum Output Stemp_sxdata Link Exit LEOD Check return code in case Suprtool had a problem If so send the failed return string to the CGI script including the name of the logfile if eq 1 then echo failed temp sxlog exit 1 else Suprtool task worked correctly Can go on with STExport Must go to the target directory because of file name limit in STExport and get a file name to store HTML output cd users htmluser public html gt dev null temp stexpdata mktemp qd Exec
61. http www mycompany com cgi bin sx_orders pl The script is executed either from an input form FORM METHOD POST ACTION cgi bin sx_orders pl gt or invoked through a link in a regular Web page Just click lt a href cgi bin sx_orders pl gt run script lt a gt Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 211 If you enter the URL choose the submit button on a form or click on a link the server will start execution of the Perl script In turn Perl will run the shell script Suprtool and STExport will finally be executed A status code and a file name will be returned to Perl It will print either an error page or the extracted information depending on the status code There is a lot more you can do with CGI scripting and Suprtool You could pass parameters to extract information out of different tables in Oracle and Allbase or specify the sort sequence and the selection criteria 212 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Input Command I Specifies the primary input file INPUT filename There can be only one Input file per task The Input file must be a self describing file which should be created by Suprtool using the Output Query or Output Link option If you want STExport to format date fields and implied decimal places you must use the Output Link option of Suprtool when you create the file for input to ST Export Every record in the input file is formatted into a corresponding reco
62. if name JIM BIRD does name contain JIM perhaps other characters then BIRD gt if name gt lt does name not contain numerics gt 1f name qedit suprtoole qedit or suprtool For more information see Special Characters in the Glossary Trimming Spaces Trim Ltrim Rtrim Use one of three built in string functions to remove leading or trailing spaces from a string expression The three functions are Trim Remove leading and trailing spaces from the string expression LTrim Remove leading spaces RTrim Remove trailing spaces Because Suprtool pads shorter strings with spaces when doing comparisons trimming spaces is most useful when creating a combined string with several fields For example you might want to combine a person s first and last name including a space between the two if Strim first trim last Joe Smith Mixed Case Upper and Lower By default Suprtool does an exact match when comparing two string expressions If the expressions vary in the capitalization of characters Suprtool finds them to be different To do caseless string comparisons or pattern matches use the Supper or lower functions Both ASCII and Roman 8 characters are shifted by Supper and lower For example VANCOUVER edmonton gt 1f Supper city gt if Slower city Note that if you use the upper or lower functions Suprtool does not upshift or downshift any constants u
63. indicates to the server where the CGI scripts are located If a user enters cgi bin in the Uniform Resource Locator URL the Web server executes the program specified out of the directory specified e g http www mycompany com cgi bin myscript pl will actually execute usr local httpd server cgi bin myscript pl On the CERN Web server you need to enter the following in the httpd conf configuration file Exec cgi bin usr local httpd server cgi bin Of course the alias name and directory can be anything you want them to be A script can be coded to perform the same task every time it is run There are different ways you can pass parameters to a script so that it can do different things We will try to keep it simple and focus our attention on a specialized program Our application will display a list of all sales records created yesterday The information is stored in an Allbase database The table is called demo sales and has the following columns CUSTOMERNUM Decimal 8 Packed SALESQTY SALESTAX SALESTOTAL SALESQTY Decimal 4 SALESTAX Decimal 8 SALESTOTAL Decimal 8 DeliveryDate and PurchaseDate are in yyyymmdd format Price SalesTax and SalesTotal have two implied decimals Before you go any further you will have to decide where the new HTML file will reside When someone connects to your Web site the server software spawns child processes using a userid and groupid defined in the srm conf NCSA
64. iud 94 Tf Command DIE ASEE A ite rta GER RR REUS E 95 EXPLO cssc neos d e e E Eee iie e deed 95 CONS rene ea rer UU E UR ETE AA A A AAA 98 SUD 99 Numeric Expressions siue eee EAR OE e E E 99 String EXpressiOnS usce ice eee E IR PETROL tUe 102 Dat Selection eise ine eR RECETTE ERR E nek 105 Long Expressions iii idee ed e re AR Re Re eria 110 Input Command T erret aci 112 Item Command LE rre ii ties 114 Date Eormats ene ei ree ia 114 Decimal Places eese aaa 117 NOLES oh 118 Key Command li iaa 120 Tank Command EIN oso e RR ex ee CEU EET NER U VUE e deren U S 122 Fist Commatnd LE ise erret e ee arg 123 lusu 123 A A E 124 Headings m Eastin eee 125 Simple Reports o ener 126 IEEE LC 127 Fastredo Command EIS TREDO rore tenete hee eo Pes eee ER ve ex e e PETER 129 Numrecs Command N a rere tete Pere SERENA RR Eee idea 130 Open Command OP 5 alante 131 Output Command OU s aaa 132 Put Command P Abe vim THREE UG REED REESE 138 Qecommand O9 latin P TRENT vanas 139 R do Command REDO Judi e e GRE UG OPERE RUE 140 Reset Command R dec 32 iet aleta 143 Select Command SEE 5 anii tet hte e een nae eae en nn RD Oei 144 Set Command Slds rra tot eet 145 Alban o tim dimer aote iSt 148 Arithmetica tetro bos tor etia eo e ma pe x Sit ta
65. li 182 Nota dada ta dota e 182 Installine TEO is 182 Accessing STExport 183 How To Run STEXport 4 orte ete ere eria ee ls ide o 183 How to Xeq an S TExport Taski een eei e eei t t Aute e ie i es 183 Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable esses 183 ROBELELE Variable eode san 184 vi e Index Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Using STExport in Batch Introduction to STExport Importing Data sese O ente E oe Data Types 4e ERE EIE eter etre Rr ER Repente Formatting Commands sse Commands E Performance Considerations sse STExport Commands General Notes 5o en ici sees IND Uppercase or Lowercase seeeeee Comments on Command Lines HP UX Commandis see File Names eee PO a E Calculator zc en er RE Control Y oreco p ee ed e Before Command B irr eee Columns Command C Date Command DA irre cn Decimal Command DEC eee Delimiter Command DE eee Do Command DO rere Exit Command E eren Exit Abort EA ren te eee ete Exit Suspend ES vrsne Exit Xeq EX ied eee Floating Command FL Form Command E eroe e HR Heading Command HEA sse Help Command EH rete te ttem HTML Command HT esee Dynamic Web Pages sss Web Venta Shell Script eter e E ee eens Perl Scripta ster SR U
66. line When you enter continued command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character gt The following task extracts all customer records for gt the different customers we are interested in gt in customer input self describing file gt 1f status 10 or amp prepaid status status 30 gt output outfile gt exit arrears status output to a disc file execute the task and exit status 20 or amp current status HP UX Commands If Suprtool doesn t recognize the command you have entered it tries to interpret it as an operating system command Suprtool also interprets any command line beginning with an exclamation mark or a colon as an O S command For example Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt sort custfile by custnum comment gt input custfile gt key 1 10 no on the next command gt ls sort check for file name gt out sortcust exit Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to compute blocking factors and do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator For help type Control Y Interrupt You can interrupt a Suprtool task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y Suprtool responds by telling you how much work it has done IN OUT etc and asks if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or typ
67. link gt xeq In this example if any ship date has a year of 14 or less then the century applied to the new ship date field will be 20 Ship dates with a year of 15 or more will have a century of 19 applied What does Set Date ForceCentury do Set Date ForceCentury On will not allow a yy date to be entered in the date function it will force the user to enter a full ccyy date Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 45 gt set date forcecentury on gt item date field date ccyymmdd if date field gt date 98 12 10 Error You must specify the century or Set Date ForceCentury off The default value for Set Date ForceCentury is off What If Have Two Digit Years If you have dates with two digit years there are two main solutions to making your application ready for the Year 2000 1 Convert all of your date data to use four digit years and modify your programs to process four digit years or 2 Assume that certain dates are in the twentieth century and some in the twenty first this is usually called date windowing The first solution requires that you change all Suprtool Item commands for two digit years to a four digit year format If you have not already done so you may want to isolate all of these Item commands in a single file per input source e g one file for every dataset in every database in your application or just one file for every database You can nest use files maki
68. linkage optional specify the OPTIONAL keyword When you use OPTIONAL and Suprlink does not find a matching link record in the file Suprlink fills in the linked fields with default values The default for byte type fields is spaces for zoned type the default is ASCII zeros 0 and for all other types the default is binary zeros For example input custfile key name is custno link addrfile optional don t drop customers output custaddr if there is no address exit Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 263 Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command will display any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string BL REL ALL LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal or OUT to a temporary file If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples listredo 5 listredo 5 10 listredo help print all Help commands listredo 10 print last ten commands listredo ALL print entire redo stack listredo rm print all remove command
69. memory at that time 54 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Performance Summary Suprtool is a performance tool Not because every Suprtool command is always fast but because performance is one of our first concerns when adding new features to Suprtool We always look for the fastest way to do any task even if that means it can t be quite as flexible as other software tools Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 55 Suprtool Commands General Notes Do not enter the gt sign when typing commands When you run Suprtool it prompts for commands with a gt character and reads command lines from the standard input device Suprtool commands contain a command name which may include one or more optional parameters that are each separated by commas In this chapter we describe the Suprtool commands in alphabetic order Each command name is followed by its minimal abbreviation in brackets For example D for Define and DU for Duplicate Most Suprtool commands work within the context of the input file In general the Open Select and Input commands must be entered before other commands Once the input source has been specified commands can be entered in any order Abbreviating You may shorten the command name to any substring that uniquely defines the command For example Form can be abbreviated as FO or F since there are no other commands that start with F Dupli
70. numbers is a space STExport always leaves room for the sign even if it is a space 222 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Spaces Command SP Specify whether trailing spaces are to appear in byte type fields SPACES NONE TRAILING Default None If byte type fields are surrounded with quotes see the Quote command the Spaces command determines whether trailing spaces in byte type fields appear within the quotes Use Spaces Trailing if you want to retain all of the spaces in a byte type field Software packages that store variable length character data treat trailing spaces as data Use Spaces None to remove trailing spaces for data that is imported into these applications Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 223 Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file For example the following usefile contains all the commands for creating the Invcust file Suse invuse input invoices input file to format floating fixed 2 formatting option output invdata produces the file we want exit STExport prints the lines in the usefile including the comment lines This allows you to include instructions and reminders in the usefile In the example above there were no commands for the user to enter Notes Usefiles cannot be neste
71. of lines gt go This small amount of code however can take a long time to execute depending on the size of the Lines and Header files A Quiz program will usually take longer as new links are added causing the size of the record complex to grow Suprlink can provide the same information possibly in a fraction of the time The technique as applied to the same problem requires four steps 1 Sort the Lines file by Invoiceno 2 Add a new constant field Linkflag to the Header file and fill it with Y Sort by Invoiceno 3 Link the two files with Suprlink using the Optional parameter 4 Select the record complexes where linkflag does not contain a Y opt robelle bin suprtool gt open oracle demo reader gt sel from lines gt sort invoiceno gt output filel link gt xeqg gt sel header gt define linkflag 1 1 gt extract invoiceno linkflag Y gt sort invoiceno gt output file2 link gt exit opt robelle bin suprlink input filel link file2 optional output file3 exit opt robelle bin suprtool gt input file3 gt if linkflag lt gt Y gt extract invoiceno gt list standard gt exit Any invoice line with a corresponding record in the invoice Header file will have a Y in the linkflag field Records failing the match will contain the default space Suprlink with Quiz QTP Quiz and QTP are part of PowerHouse a popular fourth generation language sold by Cognos You can use Sup
72. output out gt use supruse gt input 872xyz Strings Suprtool expects all strings to be surrounded by a pair of single or double quotes or When Suprtool knows the length of a field it pads strings with trailing spaces For example gt define long 1 125 125 character field gt extract long abcef Suprtool adds 120 spaces gt if long abcde Suprtool checks for trailing spaces Suprtool accepts the null string Suprtool pads it with spaces so this is an easy way to see if a field is blank gt if name if name is blank One problem with any tool that accepts strings is how to include a quote mark inside the string Suprtool offers two solutions 1 Use the opposite quote mark e g don t 2 Whenever two quote marks appear in a string they are treated as a single quote e g don t Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms e 283 Subscript A subscript is used to specify one of many fields in a repeated item Within IMAGE it is possible to specify repeated fields For example costs 5J2 The item COSTS consists of five double integers You select one element of a compound field by specifying a subscript in parentheses the first element is 1 not 0 For example if you wanted to select the input records where the second cost was greater than 10000 you would use gt if costs 2 gt 10000 The 2 portion of the command is the subscript The default subscript is the first
73. permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command Redo on page 156 for details Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 129 Numrecs Command N Limits the number of records selected and the size of the sort scratch file NUMRECS size percentage default size 10 000 or EOF of input source Parameters To limit the number of records selected from the input source and to reduce the size of the sort scratch file use the Numrecs command If you select more than 2size entries Suprtool prints a warning message and ignores the rest of the input records However the output file will have the records that were selected Use a percent sign to specify the Numrecs as a percentage of the input file size The percentage can range from to 500 but values over 100 have no effect on HP UX Reducing File Sizes Suppose that the Sales table contains 100 000 entries but you use the If command to select 15 of the entries We would specify 15 as the percentage on the Numrecs command to reduce the size of the sort scratch file and the output file gt select from sales specify input gt numrecs 15 specify 15000 as file size gt if qty lt 100 select a subset of Sales gt sort account sort by customer account gt output out2 output file will have room for gt xeq 15000 records
74. printer that is attached to your terminal use List Record Suprtool uses Record mode on your terminal or PC to print on the attached printer To use this option you must be using an HP terminal or HP terminal emulator and your data communication settings must be setup correctly You can combine this option with other listing options You cannot interrupt Record mode with Control Y but you can do a Soft Reset This unlocks the keyboard and causes the rest of the output to appear on the screen You can then stop it with Control Y List record may not return complete control to your PC when running Reflection The report printed and the keyboard unlocks but control is not passed to your terminal You can get control back by doing a Soft Reset Alt S You can prevent this problem by setting DISABLE COMP CODES to yes If you are listing to an attached printer from a terminal your terminal may remain locked after the printout is completed This generally happens when you have handshaking enabled G H straps set to No You can do a soft reset to unlock your terminal If handshaking is disabled G H straps set to Yes the List command works and returns control to the terminal but two S characters will be printed on the terminal There is currently no known workaround to these problems Notes The List operation occurs logically after the sort phase if any and after any Extract but before the final Output or Put operation A Reset turns off
75. processing selections 33 progress messages 157 prompt character 285 Prompt Set option 158 prompting using Quiz 44 Prose program 182 238 pseudo batch tasks 281 Put command 138 155 Q Q command 139 Qedit program 41 62 191 Qedit program and Suprlink 254 257 Qhelp 94 205 260 QTP 248 QTP for subfile 43 QUERY numbers format 134 Query option 133 Quick help 94 205 260 Quiz report writer 42 247 263 265 quote characters 98 Quote command 217 quotes double 217 quotes none 217 quotes single 217 R random sampling 113 range of fields 84 range extracting 84 read only mode 153 reals classic 30 record format output 20 record length 30 Record Mode List option 128 record number 113 record number selection 113 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual record number Output 133 record number XSORT 152 records number of qualifying 137 Redo command 140 218 266 Redo number of commands 140 Redo Set 158 220 268 reduced output 154 Reflection 41 relative dates 105 relative field definitions 65 removing spaces 89 104 repeated fields 99 reports 21 Reset command 143 219 267 ROBELLE variable 29 184 239 Roman 8 characters HTML output 207 Roman 8 vs ASCII 125 running out of disc space in sort 162 running STExport 183 running Suprlink 241 S scientific format 201 SD files see self describing files SDUnix 37 Select command 144 Select command Allbase rows 148 Select perfor
76. reader gt select from customer gt sort name last sort name first Coffee break gt exit abort cancel the sort and terminate End Of Program Exit Xeq EX Signal the end of command input and the start of an extract operation After the Suprtool task completes Suprtool terminates Exit Xeq is the default option 1 e specifying Exit starts execution of the current task Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 77 Examples opt robelle bin suprtool gt exit no input was specified No action taken opt robelle bin suprtool gt input rep23 newdata gt out rep23 data 2Xeq copy one file gt input rep24 newdata gt out rep24 data gt exit copy and stop Notes on Exit Xeq If you have entered neither sort keys nor an input source Exit terminates Suprtool without performing any task If you have defined an input source but without any sort keys Suprtool does a copy operation prior to stopping 78 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Export Command EXP You cannot use Suprtool s Export command to invoke STExport UX but you can run STExport UX by itself opt robelle bin stexport STExport UX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2001 Version 4 5 STExport UX only accepts self describing files created by Suprtool UX or the MPE SDUnix program Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 79 Extract Command EXT 8
77. records Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 193 Date Command DA 194 e STExport Commands Specify a specific date format for all dates DATE NONE date format separator INVALID ASTERISKS NULL string Default yyyymmdd Invalid Asterisks Use the Date command to specify an output format for dates Use the Invalid option to specify how invalid dates should be formatted in the output file The advantage of the None option is that it formats all dates whether they are valid or not If you select a date format the default Invalid option replaces invalid dates with asterisks oen STExport must know which fields are dates and the format of each date Use Suprtool s Item command and Output Link option to specify the date information Date Format The date format can be one of e ccyymmdd e yyyymmdd e ddmmyyyy e mmddyyyy e yymmdd e ddmmyy e mmddyy e aammdd STExport converts each date field from its internal date format into the format that you specify Separator Character By default STExport formats all dates without a separator between the day month and year Specify your own separator by enclosing it inside quotes after you specify the date format The separator must be one character long For example to specify dates in ddmmyyyy format with a slash separator use date ddmmyyyy To specify dates in yymmdd format with a dash separator use date yymmdd Oracle Dates
78. sedes 278 United Kingdom Ireland necios de 278 uu M EE 278 South Africa en a cies av ele wile ek eis 278 Asia anid Australia t TR reis Edu e T i b eie d es 279 Australia New Zealand cooooconnnncccnononccononccononnncconnnnnononnnoncononnaronnnnoroonnnnrcnnnnencnnnnnos 279 Hong Uc M 279 Singapore Malaysia i inedite ace aed RU ERE NE RR MR 279 Notth America oae Reo de tid a ito e GP pe aee NE eee 279 jq PE 279 Glossary of Terms 281 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Contents e ix Commonly used Terms 5 e deett aree epe qae 281 Special Characters ene Ede aH RENE 284 Index 289 x e Index Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Suprtool Introduction Welcome to version 4 5 of Suprtool the HP UX handyman for Oracle and Allbase databases and fixed length data files Use Suprtool to quickly select and sort data records Combine multiple data files using Suprlink UX Use STExport to convert fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into other applications The Suprtool commands are Add Exit Key REDO USERpause BAse EXPort LINk Reset Verify Before EXTract List SELect Xeq Chain Form LISTREDO Set MPE or HP UX command Define Get Numrecs SOrt expression DELete Help OPen TAble DO IF Output Total DUplicate Input Put UPdate EDit ITem Q Use The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters Suprtool Components The Suprtool
79. sub item for Total Define Sort and If but the entire compound item for Extract Table does not allow subscripts it always uses 1 The If command has another syntax using up to three subscripts allowing you to refer to subfields without Define see the If command for details Tables Tables are created with the Table command and they are used for testing in the If and Chain commands Tables are used by the lookup function of the If command Use tables when you wish to check a data field for many different test values You may also use tables to specify the records to search for with the Chain command Table can also mean a table from an SQL database Warnings Warnings are messages produced by Suprtool to let you know about nonfatal conditions that might affect your task Some common warning messages and their meanings are described in Appendix A Yes or No When Suprtool asks a question that requires a YES or NO answer Y OUI JA and SI are accepted as YES and any other answer is considered NO Special Characters 284 e Glossary of Terms Certain non alpha and non numeric characters like gt and have special meaning within Suprtool See the descriptions that follow As well the term special designates a class of characters in the If command Means Stdinx Stdlist or File Command in the Input command means to read input from stdinx MPE only in the Output command means to write the outpu
80. syntax EXTRACT target field expression Target Field The target field determines the byte length for the expression The data type must be Byte or Char The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g Sort Examples gt extract id no warehouse no bin no gt extract full name first name last name Constants vs Expressions If you have an string expression that starts with a string Suprtool assumes that you are attempting to extract a single string value and not an string expression To specify a string expression that starts with a constant surround the expression with parentheses For example Incorrect Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 87 88 e Suprtool Commands gt extract name product desc Error Missing comma or invalid arithmetic expression Correct gt extract name product desc Variable Length Strings String expressions use variable length strings Suprtool keeps track of the length of every string and all operations are done using the actual string length For fields the length of the string is the length of the field If you do not want to retain all the spaces in a field use one of the built in trimming functions String constants are created with the exact length of the constant For example the a string abc is three characters long and the string a is one When
81. task you can either use Xeq which leaves you inside STExport ready to define another task or Exit Xeq which leaves STExport when done with the task Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying exit starts execution of the current task Examples opt robelle bin stexport Sexit no input was specified opt robelle bin stexport Sinput invoices Sfloating fixed 2 Soutput invdata Sexit format and stop Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 199 Floating Command FL 200 e STExport Commands Specify the format and the number of decimal places for floating point fields FLOATING DEFAULT FIXED decimal places SCIENTIFIC decimal places Default Default By default STExport formats floating point fields into either a fixed number or into scientific notation Which notation STExport chooses depends on the value of each field in each input record You can force STExport to choose either scientific or fixed notation and the number of decimal places for all floating point numbers You cannot specify these options for a specific field or make them different for 32 bit versus 64 bit floating point numbers Fixed Format Use Floating Fixed to force all floating point numbers to appear in a fixed format You specify the maximum number of digits to the right of the decimal point If you specify Floating Fixed STExport does not remove trailing zeros from the formatted numbers If you specify Columns Fix
82. the application that you want to import data into For example Sinput sdfile Soutput xeq Sfloating fixed 2 change one option Sinput sdfile Soutput xeq view the result sign none change a different option Sinput sdfile Soutput xeq and so on Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 215 Quote Command Q 216 e STExport Commands Specify which quote character if any is to be used around byte type fields QUOTE NONE DOUBLE SINGLE Default Double Most software packages expect byte type fields to be in one of two formats 1l Fixed column see the Column command 2 Surrounded by single or double quotes In this case you may also need to remove trailing spaces see the Spaces command No Quotes for Fixed Columns Use Quote None to cause byte type fields to be output as a group of characters In many cases you would combine this option with Columns Fixed Single or Double Quotes By default all byte type fields are surrounded by double quotes Specify single quotes using the Single option If a byte type field contains the quote character specified in the quote command it is replaced with a space For example if the input Was and Quote Single had been specified then the output would be customer s Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string
83. the If command the Extract command is also capable of utilizing the stddate function This will allow for conversion of any of the supported Suprtool date formats to be converted to a date in the ccyymmdd date format in a double integer container For example gt in sdfile a self describing file gt def new_ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyyyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date stddate ship date out salesinfo link gt xeq Invalid Dates Because the stddate must have a valid date in order to properly convert the date to the ccyymmdd format a value of 0 will be returned for any invalid dates An invalid date is any number of a particular date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on the calendar This means that if you attempt to extract use the stddate function against a value that is not a valid date then the extracted value will be 0 Days As with the stddate function the days function is also available to the Extract command You can convert any supported date to a Julian Day number in the following manner gt in ordfile gt def ship days 1 4 double gt def order days 1 4 double gt def delay 1 4 double gt ext order no gt ext ship days days ship date gt ext order days days order date gt ext delay days ship date days order date gt out neword link gt xeq INsI5 OUT 15 CPU Secsl Wall Sec 1 Invalid Dates If an invali
84. the Output file If you have seven Link files the Input record must match all seven or be dropped This is the default selection logic You can override this for any specific Link file by specifying the OPTIONAL keyword on the Link command Only do this is you don t care whether that data exists or not since Suprlink will supply default values for those Link fields You want to produce a report of all invoices over 2 000 00 for customers in California The customer information is in the m_customer table and the invoice information is in the d_invoice table Here are the steps to produce this report 1 Select and sort the California customers into the file customer Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual 2 Select and sort invoices over 2 000 into the file invoice 3 Because there will often be more than one invoice per customer specify the invoice file as input to Suprlink 4 Link in the customer file 5 Produce your report from the combined records in the output file gt open oracle demo reader sales database gt select from m_customer select all customers gt if state CA in California gt sort custnum sort and link key gt output customer link Link output option gt xeq We now have a self describing file with all the customers from California sorted by the customer number Next we select all invoices over 2 000 00 and sort them into customer number sequence gt select from d_invoice select al
85. the century or Set Date ForceCentury off The default value for Set Date ForceCentury is off Date IfYY2000Error SET DATE IFYY2000ERROR ON OFF Initially ON Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual By default Suprtool considers dates with a two digit century component from the date and today functions to be invalid when the dates resolve to be greater than 1999 and the If operation is a relative operation e g greater than or equal to You can control whether Suprtool considers this condition an error by using the following Set command gt set Date Ifyy2000Error Off The following example shows what is considered to be an error by the If command and how the Set command can turn off the error check gt def a 1 6 gt item a date yymmdd gt if a gt today Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this format gt set date ifyy2000error off gt if a gt date 2000 01 03 We have chosen this condition to be an error by default because when the date function in the If command resolves a date in a yymmdd format to a value beyond 1999 the result is not always a useful value For example a December 10 2000 date in a yymmdd format would have a value of 001210 and comparisons to this value could be logically incorrect If you would have included a Delete command in a dataset selection task you could have removed all of your records Date MapToPHDate8 SET DATE MAPTOPHDATES ON OFF Initially OFF This set command w
86. the target has been improved e Verify Define will now show the correct information when defining non standard integers Change Notice For a complete description of the latest changes the update installation instructions and any compatibility issues see the change notice that was included with the release To print a change notice see the Documentation section on page 2 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Installing Suprtool Who Needs To Use These Instructions The system manager should use the following installation instructions to install Suprtool UX No one can be using Suprtool UX during the installation The installation should only take a few minutes Summary of Installation Steps Installing Suprtool involves the following steps 1 Login as root 2 Create the correct directory structure 3 Restore Suprtool UX and its associated files from the distribution tape 4 Set the ROBELLE variable in order to let Suprtool know where its supporting files are Step 1 Log In as Root There are two ways to log in as root 1 Exit from HP UX and log in with root as the user name 2 Ifyou are already logged in you can execute this command su In either case you have to supply the user password for root Step 2 Create Robelle Directory Before restoring files you must first create the directory where Suprtool UX will reside Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Installing Suprtool e 5 mkdir opt robelle
87. there are no invalid dates you can start converting the dates that you have Because there are two date fields in this dataset you must be careful to add the appropriate century for the proper field For this example assume that if a year is less than 1950 then the century should be 20 You can easily convert each date by processing each field separately by using an intermediate self describing file 50 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt base store dbold 1 Database password gt get d sales gt set squeeze off gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt if deliv date gt date 1950 01 01 gt out sales01 link gt ext cust account gt ext 19 gt ext deliv date sales total gt xeqg IN 15 OUT 14 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 5 Now insert 20 to the century for the appropriate records gt base store dbold gt get d sales if deliv date lt date 1950 01 01 gt ext cust account gt ext 20 gt ext deliv date sales total gt out sales01 link append gt xeq Now you can convert the other field from the flat file sales01 and add a century to the purch_date field gt reset gt base close the open database gt in sales01 gt item purch date date yymmdd gt if purch date gt date 1950 01 01 gt set squeeze off out sales02 link gt ext cust account product price ext 19 gt ext purch date sales total gt xeq IN 15 OUT 15 CPU Sec 1 Wall S
88. through the Help command For instructions try Shelp help Notation The STExport documentation uses a common notation in describing all commands Here is a sample command definition LISTREDO start stop ALL string 1 UPPERCASE LETTERS are required elements in the command and must be typed exactly as they appear Example ALL 2 Highlighted lowercase letters underlined or italic are variables to be filled in by the user In the help file underlining and italics are not available and variables will appear simply in lowercase Example start 3 Brackets enclose optional fields Example string 4 Braces enclose comments in examples Braces are allowed for comments in actual STExport commands Example Floating fixed 2 Floating option 5 Up lines separate alternatives from which you will select Sometimes the alternatives are shown listed on several lines Example ALL string 6 Inexamples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line Installing STExport STExport is installed as part of the Suprtool installation process See the Installing Suprtool chapter of the Suprtool User Manual for more details on how to install both Suprtool and STExport 182 e Welcome to STExport Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Accessing STExport How To Run STExport To access STExport type the following command opt robelle bin stexport STExport Copyright Rob
89. title each page includes the current time By default the time is in 24 hour format e g 23 02 Use Set List Time to specify a different default time format for future List commands e g Set List Time 2 The valid time formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 none 1 default 24 hour 23 02 2 AM PM 11 02PM Lock SET LOCK number This command has no effect in Suprtool UX NLS SET NLS number Initially 0 or NUDATALANG JCW Use Set NLS with files from MPE systems to specify the language to be used for sorting Character type fields see Native Language Support The number corresponds to an NLS language you cannot use the NLS language name The common language numbers are amar mw p wee CO p CT p CT Openmode SET OPENMODE number Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual 154 e Suprtool Commands This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Oracle SET ORACLE ROWS number Initially 100 If you open an Oracle database Suprtool reads more than one row at a time when processing the input source By default Suprtool fetches 100 rows at a time You can vary the number of rows that Suprtool fetches by using Set Oracle Rows The minimum number of rows is and the maximum is 990 You must specify Set Oracle Rows before entering the Select command Pattern SET PATTERN NEW OLD Initially NEW Prior to Suprtool for MPE version 3 1 there was no method of checking for the
90. to see a list of your most recent commands Use the Do command to repeat a command or use the Redo command to modify a command before repeating it Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 9 gt listredo 20 most recent commands gt listredo input most recent Input commands gt input result 2 gt xeq gt do input repeat previous Input command gt input result gt if quantity gt 10000 2 gt redo if modify previous If command then repeat If you have used two commands that begin with the same letter you have to be careful when repeating those commands Make sure you use enough letters to identify each command distinctly from the other In the following example if you wish to repeat the Input command instead of the If command you need to use do i s instead of just do i i somefile gt 1f expression 2 gt xeq gt do is repeats previous Input command Selecting Database Records These examples show you how to get records from an Oracle table It assumes you have opened the database with the Open command The results are written to a data file called result which can be read either by a program or by a report writer opt robelle bin suprtool gt open oracle demo reader Select All Records This example extracts all the records from the table Note that we didn t specify any selection criteria so Suprtool selects all the records gt select f
91. want to create an output record that consists of fifty blanks followed by the customer name use gt define filler 1 50 sext filler gt ext name String Constants You can specify a string constant without referring to a field For example to leave a space between fields you must do the following gt extract account rating gt output ascii Suprtool uses the length of the string to determine the size of the field The following example extracts the same fields as the previous example but each output record identifies the field gt extract Customer Account account gt extract Credit Rating rating gt output ascii The output would look like Customer Account 04598921 Credit Rating Customer Account 44657844 Credit Rating Customer Account 98753198 Credit Rating The spaces after Credit Rating before the rating value is due to the numeric field Rating being extracted with blanks for its leading zeros This is the result of the Ascii option of the Output command Repeated Fields If the field is an IMAGE repeated field e g 10J1 the Extract command places the value in each of the repeated fields when you do not specify the subscript If you specify a subscript only that one repeated field will have the new constant value Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 81 82 e Suprtool Commands In this example Address is a repeated field 2X20 We wish to extract th
92. which a space can appear so you can use this to prompt the user for values gt use prompt use gt in sdfile first line of usefile gt if status read and amp continue the If command state read last line of the usefile 10 prompt for status end of prompt for status AZ prompt for state EIGA user must remember comma OR user also enters quotes end of the second read Notes Suprtool is not designed to be used by end users We prefer that you write intelligent front ends that understand user applications and hide the details of Suprtool from end users We recommend that you use read from usefiles only for one time tasks or for tasks used by experienced Suprtool users who do not require a friendly user interface Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 111 Input Command I 112 e Suprtool Commands Opens the file that will be the input source for the next extract task The file must contain fixed length records with or without a line feed separator If you are selecting records the selection parameters must appear after any Reclen LF or NOLF parameters The record length is the length of the data portion of each record not including the line feed If you specify LF Suprtool UX includes the line feed as part of the data by increasing the record length by one character If you have an input file with 80 byte records and each record is separated with a line feed y
93. 0 Changing the Output Record Format sss enne 20 Producing a Condensed Table Listing sse 21 TS eH PRG Oe iue P t e rA GE 21 Y que First Report eene o t Oh ORE eR Ue 21 Column Headings heiter oO ebup Ie a needed 22 Printing Mailing Labels ener 22 Running Suprtool under HP UX 25 Runnng Suprtool 5 xo etes e WB EIER AR MA RAR dete 25 Configuring Different Shells sess eene 25 Bourneand Korn 5hells e 25 C Shell ES tene van Fond Se OI enr dln tok ROI MIS 25 Setting Up a PATH for Suprtool essssssssseeseeeeeenenennn eene ener nnns 26 Bourne and Korn hells bap see in 26 C Shell stre o t etude ra n nie dO Mu 26 Control Characters and Stty cccesccesccssecsseesseeseeeseeeeeeeceseceseceaeceaeenaecsaecaeecaeecaeseseseetenseserenrees 27 Suprmgr Configuration Files oooooonocnnnnnconocononnconnconconnnonncnn nono nono nennen eren 27 On Line ys Batch ACCESS 51er end ato 27 Command Line Options ener nnne rennen entren nnne rne nnne enn 27 Initial Command Line cemdstring esssssseeeeeneeenenns 27 Default Outcount File Name OC coonccncnnnccnononnconononononononnononononnonnonncnnonnc rennen 28 Exit with Verlfy c5V essere ep Prep ett ere Re E ertet 28 Combining c and Vern ni n a e nnne ener nnns 28 ii e Index Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual HR UN NOS E eR dette nn ee 28 Shell Commands 5i rete ee Ree Pre ERR A
94. 0 e Suprtool Commands Assembles output records by stringing together fields extracted from input records There can be up to 255 extracted fields and the same field may be extracted more than once Constant values may be used instead of the value of the field from the Input record EXTRACT field subscript value field2 EXTRACT field subscript1 field2 subscript2 EXTRACT target field expression Default subscript entire field Field Parameter Each extracted field must be a database table column or a field in an SD file or a Defined field If the field requires an Item definition then the Item command must precede the Extract command Extract specifies a rearrangement of the Input data fields to produce the Output data record there is no data conversion unless output XXX ascii is specified The subscript parameter is valid only for compound items The total item is extracted if it is compound and no subscript is specified gt extract account extract the key value and gt extract rating one other field gt output outl foutput file has two fields Cumulative Extracts The Extract command is cumulative If two Extracts are specified in one run all fields of the two Extract commands are used gt extract status balance account purchased is equivalent to gt extract status balance gt extract account purchased Constants Extracting Constants The value part of the Extract command
95. 01 92308 14892 You would use the same Table commands but a slightly different If command gt 1f not lookup part table part Values with Decimal Places If the itemname for the table has implied decimal places the Table command accepts decimal points and scales input values For example gt item cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt table cost table cost item 10 10 5 10 75 gt 1f lookup cost table cost gt out out3 select records for 1000 1050 and 1075 gt xeq Adding Values from a File You may need to look for hundreds of part numbers The Table command accepts the table values from a file The file must contain lookup values in exactly the same format as the itemname which describes the data Duplicates are eliminated as they are loaded into the table For a table consisting of values from a file use TABLE tablename itemname FILE SORTED filename HOLD DATA field1 field2 field3 Parameters itemname The item determines the data type and length of the key values in the table You can only load a table from a self describing file Suprtool first checks for the field in the self describing file FILE vs SORTED The File option assumes that the file of table values is not sorted Sorting a large file of values is slow If the file is already sorted use the Sorted option Suprtool checks the records to make sure they are in ascending order filename A valid HP UX file name the file mu
96. 1 last Dynamic Date Selection You can use the If command for dynamic date selection Suppose you have a control file that maintains the start and end of a range of dates in which you are interested You can use the control file to select records from another file or dataset based on this date range This is a two step process in which the first Suprtool pass creates the If command with your dates and the second pass does the actual selection from the dataset Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 109 110 e Suprtool Commands gt input datecntl reclen 12 nolf read the one line control file gt define start date 1 6 byte start date is the first six bytes gt define end date 7 6 byte fend date is the next six bytes gt extract if sales date gt assemble the If command gt extract start date gt extract and sales date lt gt extract end date gt extract gt output seldate temp write the If command to a file gt xeq This task produces a usefile that looks like this if sales date gt 001101 and sales date lt 001231 Now you can use this file named seldate to do the actual selection gt open oracle demo reader gt select from sales gt use seldate use the file that has the If command gt output sdetail gt exit Long Expressions Long If commands can use an ampersand to continue the command over several lines gt if status 20 and amp gt gt st
97. 2 K2 and P8 or greater mmddyyyy X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater Oracle X7 PHdate J1 K1 J2 and K2 yymm XA Z4 J1 and K1 yymmdd X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyymmdd J2 P8 yyyymmdd X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater ccyymmdd X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater ccyymm X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyyymm X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater aammdd X6 aamm X4 mmddaa X6 ddmmaa X6 ccyy X4 Z4 Jl and K1 SRNChronos X6 mmyyyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater yyddd X5 Z5 J2 K2 and P8 or greater ccyyddd X7 Z1 J2 K2 and P10 or greater HPCalendar J2 K2 EDSDate J2 P8 JulianDay J2 PHdate8 Ji K1 J2 and K2 Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 115 116 e Suprtool Commands Calendar The Calendar attribute is provided for users who have fields containing the 16 bit MPE Calendar date format as an unsigned logical value with seven bits for the year of the century bits 0 6 followed by nine bits for the day of the year bits 7 15 The Calendar date format only supports dates up to the end of the year 2027 PHdate and PHdate8 The PHdate and PHdate8 attributes are compatible with the COGNOS PowerHouse date format If the data type is J1 or K1 the date is sto
98. 336 words in Suprtool V and 24 576 words in Suprtool iX The default value used by Suprtool is the largest size that fits in the available data structures and still allows Suprtool to get the job done Using Set Buffer to reduce the size of the buffer reduces the size of the stack that Suprtool uses for copy operations Suprtool V always uses a buffer size of 4096 words when sorting This leaves the maximum amount of room in the stack for the sorting operation Date Cutoff SET DATE CUTOFF number Initially 10 Default 00 Date Cutoff tells Suprtool what century to use when Suprtool generates the date value from the date and stddate functions This setting only affects the date values generated by the date and stddate function in the If and Extract commands This does not affect user data Versions of Suprtool without Set Date Cutoff would assume 19 for the century for any user specified date with a two digit year Now with Set Date Cutoff xx Suprtool assumes the following a value of 20 for the century if the two digit year specified in the date or stddate functions is less than the value of Set Date Cutoff a value of 19 for the century if the two digit year is greater than or equal to Set Date Cutoff The initial value of Set Date Cutoff is 10 Therefore the default behavior in date and stddate is to treat the two digit years with values of 00 09 as 2000 2009 and the two digit years with values of 10 99 as 1910 1999
99. 35 types can be processed by Suprtool The following table lists the Oracle data type and the corresponding Suprtool data type Varchar2 Byte Number Data Type Oracle numbers are translated into a variety of Suprtool data types The translation depends on the precision of the number and the number of decimal places The following table describes the translation for each case Precision Decimal Places Suprtool Data Type In packed decimal translations Suprtool uses the precision of the number to determine the size of a packed decimal number Order By vs Sort Oracle s Order By statement on the Select command does not always generate the same results Specifically sorted fields with null field values appear at the beginning when they are sorted by Suprtool s Sort command Restrictions Suprtool UX cannot handle all Oracle database concepts The current restrictions are 1 Suprtool UX can handle varchar2 char date and number data types It cannot handle any other data type 2 Because any Oracle Select command can be used it is possible to generate column names that are not compatible with Suprtool UX For example gt select sal comm from bonus This example produces a column called sal comm In some cases Suprtool UX correctly uses this as the column name e g the List command You cannot refer to 36 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual SDUnix Utility this column
100. A 5 6 7 This selects a record if A is equal to 5 6 or 7 The AND operator is lt gt Instead of IF A lt gt 5 AND A lt gt 6 AND A lt gt 7 use IF A lt gt 5 6 7 This selects a record if A is anything but 5 6 or 7 gt if field 5 6 7 gt 1f part 12345 67890 39201 92308 14892 gt if delivered lt gt 981231 990101 This method works well if you are searching for a small number of values Use the lookup function to check a data field for many test values IF LOOKUP tablename fieldname The lookup function returns TRUE if the specified field name contains a value from the specified table You can also look for values that are not in a table IF NOT LOOKUP tablename fieldname See the Table command for a complete description of how to combine tables and the lookup function Note Suprtool s Table command is not related to tables in databases lookup parameter function tablename The name of a table specified in the Table command fieldname A field from the input record This field must be exactly the same length as the item used in the Table command Performance of Lookup The lookup function can be quite slow when you are searching huge tables Because the If command uses short circuit evaluation lookup should be specified as the last part of the If command For example gt if status 10 and Slookup cust table account is faster than gt if Slookup cust table account and s
101. Duplicate Records This is an example of filtering out duplicated records the original remains This is done by using the None option of the Duplicate command Input Result 1111 a 1111 a 2222 b 2222 b 2222 Cc 3333 e 2222 d Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 15 3333 6 gt select from table gt sort keyfield gt dup none keys gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Duplicate Records This is an example of keeping only the duplicated records the original is not kept This example is the opposite of the previous example Use the Only option of the Duplicate command to do this Input Result T111 a 2222 Cc 2222 b 2222 d 2222 Cc 2222 d 3333 e gt select from table gt sort keyfield gt dup only keys gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Unique Records This example shows how to report only those records without duplicates That is if the records have duplicates both the originals and their duplicates are omitted from the report Input Result lili a 1111 a 2222 b 3333 e 2222 c 2222 d 3333 e You have to use two Suprtool tasks to accomplish this The first task creates an intermediate file Dupfile that contains the keys of the duplicate records The second task creates the desired output file Result that contains only the unique records 16 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt select from table gt sort key
102. ENE Ret 4 Installing Suprtool 5 Who Needs To Use These Instructions ccccsccsseessesseeeseeeeeeecesecesecesecaecaeecaeeeaeeneeeeeeeerenetens 5 Summary of Installation Steps eiiie eieae EEA E i E Nia 5 Step 1 Log Inas ROO eee e e ore ere te da 5 Step 2 Create Robelle Directory esee mte e te e Ee eds 5 Step 3 Restore Files ice ee ee eite e ede e ehe ti 6 HP UX 10 0 and O iii etae ette ee 6 Step 4 Set the ROBELLE Variable eee iia 6 Bourne and Korn Shells ii bat haw anna ie 6 hp 6 Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool 7 How to Run Suprtool ende ei e e RATES ee DERE Ee EUR 7 What isa Task iol REOS T GRUT sene eases ees 7 Copying Files hee etie e a I e ORIS ERES RANT est 8 Copying One Flavio diia 8 Appending toa File ass cee nc terete cdot ete WR ERN ENG ea IER eeu 8 Fieldsi Data Fl eee cree eat a eens 8 Wiiatis a Self Describing File is scat acu cities tapas 8 Creating an SD Piles isan bd 8 Define Fields ina Data Fila 8 Create arn SD File troma Data Elli cards Aeon eis cen aeons 9 Repeating Commands rta 9 Repeating a Command n ERREUR R ware amore 9 Selecting Database Records c pt RR TUR RSEN bus seen URGENTE USEU ESSERE MISERE s 10 Select AIBReCords o ase E ns 10 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Contents e i Look at the First Few Records esee eene eene en nnne nnne 10 Selecting by CA p e eae e ded 11 SA ees n Oda id 11 Complex Criteria sciente edi e i
103. Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual the Define command For example say you have a data file with lines that look like this 12345678John Rutherford lt 32 gt 98765432Catherine Smith lt 29 gt Account First name Last name Age 8 byte 12 byte 16 byte 2 byte integer Use these Define commands to tell Suprtool about the fields gt input datafile reclen 38 lf gt define account 1 8 byte gt define first name 9 12 byte gt define last name 21 16 byte gt define age 37 2 int field name Length Start Data type position Now you can use the field names account first name last name and age to refer to the corresponding parts of the line just as 1f this were a database record gt input datafile gt define gt if age gt 65 gt ext account last_name gt output result gt xeq Create an SD File from a Data File To create an SD file from a data file follow these steps 1 Define the fields that you want to include in the SD file 2 Extract the fields in the order you want 3 Usethe Link option in the Output command to create the SD file gt input datafile reclen 38 lf gt define account 1 1 byte gt define first name 9 12 byte gt define last name 21 16 byte gt define age 37 2 int gt extract account age first name last name output result link Xeq Repeating Commands Repeating a Command Use the Listredo command
104. HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 121 Link Command LIN You cannot use Suprtool s Link command to invoke Suprlink UX but you can run Suprlink UX by itself opt robelle bin suprlink Suprlink UX Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2001 Version 4 5 Suprlink UX provides high speed data file linking based on a sort key Suprlink UX only accepts self describing files created by Suprtool UX or the MPE SDUnix program 122 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual List Command L The List command is used to produce formatted listings of the selected records You may specify the List command or the Output command or both or neither If List is used instead of Output Suprtool sets the Output to null so that only a listing is produced LIST OCTAL HEX DECIMAL CHAR NOREC LABELS RECORD DUPLEX ONEPERLINE LP NONAME NOSKIP STANDARD DEVICE name DATE format TIME format PCL format LEFTJUSTNUM RIGHTJUSTNUM TITLE string HEADING string string Default Octal Char or Formatted If Suprtool knows about the fields in the input source e g because you have used the Extract command the list records are formatted with field names and internal binary data types e g integer are converted to ASCII You cannot combine the Ask or Query Num output options with the List command Here is a typical use of List to find any
105. Manual STExport Commands e 201 Heading Command HEA 202 e STExport Commands Specify a heading if any that appears as the first record of the output file HEADING NONE FIELDNAMES string ADD string COLUMN string Default None When importing data into other applications the first line of the import file is often treated as field names or headings Use the Heading command to specify what STExport should write as the first line of the output file Field Names If you specify Heading Fieldnames STExport creates a default heading This heading is constructed by using the field name of each field in the input file The Fieldname option uses the formatting options that apply to byte type fields to determine the final format e g the Quote command STExport produces multiple field names for compound fields For compound fields the repeat count is used to determine the number of field names The repeat count is appended to the field name starting with one until all the field names have been generated User Specified Heading You can specify your own heading line by doing gt heading your heading Because the maximum length of an STExport input line is 256 characters you may not be able to specify a long heading with a single Heading command Use Heading Add to add additional strings to your heading Heading Account Note no Add in first string Heading Add First Name Heading Add Last Name Heading Add Cit
106. OCT 10 2000 4 30 PM AMOUNT 611105 The next example is identical to the previous one except that we qualify the total with the number of decimal places gt in filel r40 nolf gt total amount 2 gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 31 PM AMOUNT 6111 05 The previous example specified the number of decimal places by using the Total command The next example is the preferred way to specify decimal places because it qualifies the balance field with two decimal places for all Suprtool commands This example also totals two fields 164 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt input filel r 40 nolf gt def balance 11 4 integer gt def overdue 21 4 integer gt item balance decimal 2 gt item overdue decimal 2 gt total balance gt total overdue gt xeq Totals TUE OCT 10 2000 4 32 PM BALANCE 143598 16 OVERDUE 17399 73 Sort Break Totals Please refer to the Duplicate command on how to generate sort break totals Notes You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command The Total command prints out a date and time stamp on the title line This is for audit purposes Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 165 Update Command UP The Update command is not available in Suprtool UX 166 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q
107. ON OQ tn FP WN KF O Positive values for I and J type fields are converted into neutral i e no sign display values The sign 1s preserved when converting packed fields to display DISPLAY is not supported for Real or IEEE fields Byte fields are not affected by this option Display fields in the input record are not converted into display PRN Many PC software packages import PRN files these files are also called delimited in some PC documentation A PRN file has quotes around character fields and a comma between each field Binary values are output in ASCII with an optional leading sign Not all applications accept PRN files for more precise conversion of data use STExport PRN converts each input field to a fixed width output field filling with trailing spaces where necessary All binary values are converted into their equivalent ASCII value left justified in their fields The sign precedes the ASCII value for the number and can be missing or See the ASCII output option for the field width of each data type Output fields with implied decimal places see Decimal Places on page 117 are formatted with a decimal point in the correct position Like the ASCII option Suprtool reserves two extra columns for each output field with implied decimal places Lotus 1 2 3 accepts records only up to 240 bytes long Because the PRN option leaves room for the maximum value of any field you may need to restrict the number of outpu
108. Offset USTOMERNUM I2 1 ELIV DATE Z8 5 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt ODUCTNUM I2 13 ODUCT PRICE I2 l7 amp 2 gt gt RCH DATE T2 21 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt LESQTY P12 LES TAX I2 lt lt wA ux LES TOTAL I2 lt lt gt gt Length 38 Blocking 1 Notice how the Form command correctly identifies which fields are dates and which fields have implied decimal places STExport uses this information to format the file STExport Output We then use STExport to read the self describing Salefile to produce our sample output on stdlist To demonstrate how dates are handled we insert a separator in each date field 232 e Example of STExport Output Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual opt robelle bin stexport Sinput salefile self describing input file date yyyymmdd dates with a dash separator Soutput output to stdlist xeq 10020 1993 10 05 50511501 98 31 1993 10 01 0 02 27 53 224 15 10003 1993 10 15 50511501 98 31 1993 10 15 0 01 13 76 112 07 10003 1993 10 15 50512501 145 62 1993 10 15 0 01 20 39 166 00 10003 1993 10 15 50513001 192 20 1993 10 15 0 01 26 91 219 10 10016 1993 10 21 50521001 24 59 1993 10 21 0 03 10 33 84 11 10016 1993 10 21 50532001 139 85 1993 10 21 0 01 19 58 159 42 There are no byte type fields in the input file so all fields are converted from their internal numeric representation to a string of digits All date fields were converted from their internal yyyymmdd format to the
109. R 28 Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable essen 29 ROBELLE Variable ii 29 Jopt robelle suprmgr iia 29 lopt robelle help suprtool 2 eter id 29 Outcount Ele xenon Ed 29 Differences Between MPE and HP UX sssessssessesseseeeeer ener enne 30 Record Lead i E a RO T ERES 30 Line Feeds ie d E 30 Duplicate Output Files iste etri er HU e deed 30 Classic Real one tete E 30 Input from ii 31 Missing Features necesites eie ie ae e ae i e e dee T 31 Suprtool Issues and Solutions 33 A Suprtool Task osse eee tete di e eode 33 Input Choices osc nee etie eie tee ede ce t ert 33 Processing Selectioris sce e ettet tect Redi e e heel 33 Output Choices sereni es tine eee ee e Rede dele pers 33 Large File Support osse cies we e e e de e e iac 34 Suprtool and Allbase ete odere di EE sh tied didit teehee 34 I b c A 34 Date ard Time Types antec De tiene Rie did 35 R strictloDs iid dee p der EE dete Rer ct ei Reel ee toad ue seeds 35 Suprtool and Oracle ii a Ante neri Rha wae 35 I b c P 35 Number Data Typez 5 is d rt EIE 36 Order By ys SOrtu cx antoseuci iaa 36 R strictlons iiu ed i n 36 SDUnix Utility E rebote Rates du a Ee AI ambiti 37 Installation fron pe re Eee se SNe geben 37 SDUnix Parameters icin shah o Rew ei ri er eiie S 38 EEYSNOLES otto ete a 38 Example RII ea Ue dock RENI ies a te i e aen repe de redis 38 Tank ys Quety e eue Re
110. RD E ded 11 String of DiGits as 11 Selecting by Date seen eee iid diee de iG eleven 11 Select by Today s Date onse re HR GR TRU 12 Select by Particular Date ui 12 Select by Year aa 12 Select Prior Month iei eode das 12 Selecting by Lists of Values coepere e de RH Rede s 13 Finding Data Based ona List eei nee i eere eed 13 Finding Data Based ona File essct iere d 13 Finding Data Based on Another Table s Criteria eeeeeee 14 Findine Data a Data Biles eee tete eee t RATE SUIS 14 Sorting Database Records e ete tee air discos 14 Sort RECOrdS p Rasa 14 Sort Records in Descending Order 0 ccceecceeseesecesecesecesecseenecaeecaeecseeeaeenseeneeeerees 15 Sortiby Multiple Keys eos RR Rr RENE IEEE OR NU ERE Doe re Runs 15 Duplicate Records eite tO RE I e IA bee gee 15 Report without Duplicate Records sese 15 Report Only the Duplicate Records 16 Report Only the Unique Records essssssessesseeeereee enne 16 Report Only the Duplicates and Their Originals eee 17 Deleting Duplicate Data File Records ssessseseseeeeneneenenene 17 Decimal Places cores icon etie eren 18 Converting Numbets 6t hai onn PEE Oro stre bois 18 Courts and Subtotals 04r td ture tet ih e do Em ei e sen 19 Count and Subtotal on Sort Keys eene enne 19 Sort by Count or Subtotal uri 19 SP bp a ro ehm 19 Listing Records ti ot ER ig i e ERR TO ue ad T 2
111. RS ERE A tec ERREUR Input Command lucas Listredo Command LISTREDO eeeeee Output Command O sese Quote Command Q ooooooccnoconinoncconanononaconononnncconaconnocnnnnonns Warnes inia tienen eter ie Mamta ghar zac d ERE EHE Sign Command SI Spaces Command SP cccccesccssecssecsecseeeneeeeeeeeeeseeereees Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Contents e vii viii e Index Use Command U t ost ette redet hs ie I 225 Very Command V edere dee RE tette umen da e eee 226 Xeq Command ipe tst BER eiue et Ee a 227 XML Command XML cicer e ret e RSEN ONT EE e he rs 228 Zero Command Z siete erret ERE iria 230 Example of STExport Output 231 Examples sets ede rM ee O AA e Re s 231 Limits Within STExport 235 MAXHImulnssodsx a opu dui M Hx De ee te uu i a sr tele 235 Welcome to Suprlink 237 Welcome to Suprlink oi St po Ro aaa 237 Documentation auetoritate nubi eai qo 237 CD or Web Download 5 nnd vtile e a eben 237 Printed Documentation sessssseeseeseeeeeeenee nennen ener enne nennen 237 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format eee 238 Help Command PAEA EE EE E nennen nennen A 238 Terminology and HP UX sse ener nennen ener 238 NOn LEE 238 Installing Suprlink cos fez fos eee eem c vette rae eri UN ERGO 238 Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable essssssseeee 239 ROBELELE Variable ire enr e eet p re
112. Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual by Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Program and manual copyright 1981 2001 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Permission is granted to reprint this document but not for profit provided that copyright notice is given Qedit and Suprtool are trademarks of Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Oracle is a trademark of Oracle Corporation Redwood City California USA Other product and company names mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners robelle solutions technology Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Suite 201 15399 102A Ave Surrey B C Canada V3R 7K1 Phone 604 582 1700 Fax 604 582 1799 E mail solutions robelle com E mail support robelle com Web www robelle com Contents Welcome to Suprtool 1 Introductions setae dantes eer oet datei iet e een 1 Suprtool Components ssia aea a a EE a EEEn arae 1 STExport Data Export Utility essere ener enne 1 Suprlink Multidataset Access sss enne 2 Documenta trons metta ea edo ie Sand ca episc eui etes ues etus 2 User Mad 3 Change Notice iei daa 3 Printed Documentation ii 3 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format sese 3 CD or Web Download es ic 3 rune 3 Software Updates eem ette tlie ER EUER Se UU e 4 News M6mgSz niece EE ad 4 Newin Version as 4 Change Notice inse RI e UTR RTI TRI Un UR Ee R
113. Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual 130 e Suprtool Commands Open Command OP Specify an SQL database to open Only one database can be open at a time OPEN ORACLE username password OPEN ALLBASE dbename owner Oracle Database Use the Open command to connect to an Oracle database You must specify your Oracle username and password If you do not specify the password in the Open command Suprtool prompts for your password without echoing it on the screen To read data from an Oracle table or view use the Select command Use Set Oracle Rows to specify how many rows for Suprtool to fetch when it is reading Oracle data Allbase Database Use the Open command to connect to an Allbase database You must specify your Allbase dbename and owner To read data from an Allbase table or view use the Select command Use Set Allbase Rows to specify how many rows for Suprtool to fetch when it is reading Allbase data gt open allbase inventory anne Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 131 Output Command O 132 e Suprtool Commands Define the name of the output file as one of these a new disc file default an existing file Append or Erase option or for stdlist If you use List or Total Output defaults to null Output produces the same record format as the input source adjusted by Extract commands unless you override it with format keywords OUTPUT filename format ERASE APPEND Default DATA only new f
114. Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 257 Form Command F Display the fields in a self describing file FORM filename If no file name is specified the fields in the input file are displayed The display shows the field type and field length in IMAGE notation An I1 field is a single integer Packed fields show the number of nibbles subtract one to obtain the number of digits Byte and zoned decimal fields show the byte length When showing the form of a self describing file Suprlink shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one There are two types of self describing files One type is produced with Suprtool s Query output option You produce the other type with the Link output option The Form command shows the internal self describing version number enabling you to tell the difference A 00 00 Query Output Option Compound fields have a question mark for the type and the length is the number of bytes in the field Sort information about the file is missing Here is an example form listing form custfile File custfile SD Version A 00 00 Has linefeeds Entry Offset CHARACTER X5 1 length is five bytes ZONED Z5 6 room for five digits INTEGER 11 11 single integer DOUBLE I2 13 double integer PACKED P6 17 room for five digits QUAD I4 20 eight byte integer REPEATINT 6 28 compound field LOGICAL K1 34 single log
115. Suprtool extracts a bit string it always treats it as an Unsigned Integer a Logical and never interprets it as negative The format for bit extracts calls for a starting bit number and a bit count The 16 bits in a computer word are numbered from the left 0 to 15 The two bytes to extract from need not be on a word boundary i e they can start in any byte position See Define Command D on page 65 for how to define a two byte logical field field startbit bitcount Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 99 gt define bitfield name 2 10gical gt if bitfield 4 2 3 How to Check a Byte for a Numeric Value Because Suprtool does not have one byte integers it can be difficult to check a single byte for a specific numeric value Use a two byte integer Define field and the bit extract operator to solve this problem gt define word transcode 2 integer gt if word 0 8 13 See Character Constants on page 98 for an alternate method Decimal Places Use the Item command to specify the number of implied decimal places in an item If you do not do this you must scale all numbers in the If command For example let s assume that you want to find all inventory records with a cost equal to 80 59 If you do not use the Item command your If command would look like this gt if cost 8059 no decimal places By telling Suprtool about the number of decimal places in the cost item your If command loo
116. T STATUS gt 20 lt CUST STATUS gt lt NAME FIRST gt Ralph lt NAME FIRST gt lt NAME LAST gt Perkins lt NAME LAST gt lt STATE CODE gt CA lt STATE CODE gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Room 655 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Los Altos 040033022 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt ZIP CODE gt 93002 lt ZIP CODE gt lt Details gt lt Orders gt Tags In XML the tags that surrounded the data can not have any special characters other than hyphen underscore and period _ So STExport replaces any of the invalid special characters with a by default You can change the default character to be something else with the following set command 228 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Set xmltagchar STExport will only allow the hyphen underscore and period to be set with this command Quotes All of STExport s XML command options version doctype file and record allow for a string to be passed via surrounding quotes The quotes may be either single or double but keep in mind that if the string is to contain double quotes then you should surround the entire string with single quotes Zero Command Z Specify whether leading zeros are to appear in numeric fields ZERO NONE LEADING Default None Use Zero None to force all numeric fields to have leading zeros removed If a numeric field has implied decimal places STExport always formats the number w
117. The Form command displays the fields in a self describing file This information is stored in a file with an extension of sd and is not accessible with other tools Use the Form command to obtain the record layout of Suprlink output files The following example shows the Form command listing for an input file a Link file and the resulting output file We start with an input file of invoices form invoices File invoices SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CUSTNUM X8 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt DELIVERED I2 9 PRODUCTNUM Z8 13 PRICE I2 2 PURCHASED I2 25 OTY LI 29 TAX T2 31 TOTAL I2 35 Entry Length 38 Blocking 1 Suprtool produced both the invoice and the customer file by using the Select Extract and Sort commands The invoice file was produced with Suprtool s Output Link option If you had used Suprtool s Output Query option the Form command would not have printed any information about the key fields The next listing is the customer file form cust File cust SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CITY X12 1 RATING I2 13 CUSTNUM X8 17 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt STATUS X2 25 FIRSTNAME X10 27 LASTNAME X16 37 STATE X2 53 ADDRESS 2X25 55 ZIPCODE X6 105 Length 110 Blocking 1 The street address 1s a compound field If you had used Suprtool s Output Query option the field would have appeared with a question mark for the data type In that case you cannot use the field as a ke
118. The first record number is 0 for disc files Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual The startrecord endrecord parameter must come after the reclen and LF NOLF parameters if it is present You can check your record selections with the Verify command When debugging software it is convenient to scan the first few records of a file The startrecord endrecord parameter makes it easy to scan these records gt input invent r 80 nolf 0 19 first twenty records gt list produce a list of each record Xeq in OCTAL CHAR format Random Selection The count parameter specifies that every nth record in the input file should be selected This option is designed for random sampling of the input file The startrecord endrecord parameter cannot be used with this parameter Like startrecordlendrecord count must come after the setname if present Test files can be constructed from random samplings of production files We can build a test file with the count parameter gt input dinvent 15 every 15th record is read gt output dtest create an output file with every gt xeq 15th record from Dinvent Notes Only one Input or Select command is allowed per extract task The Input command opens the specified file immediately The file is held open until the input is reset or the current task completes Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 113 Item Command IT 114 e Suprtool Commands U
119. Time Set List 155 title HTML option 206 TMPDIR 54 TMPDIR variable 162 today function of Extract 82 today function of If 106 Total command 167 Total output restrictions 74 totaling 19 totaling duplicate records 73 totals to a file 167 trailing sign 223 trimming spaces 89 104 truncate function 87 101 truncation numeric 101 truncation strings 88 two digit years 46 type parameter 65 66 120 296 e Index U Undo edit Hpmodify 141 unsigned value 89 Update command 155 169 upper case 88 104 upshifting strings 88 Use command 170 225 270 Use command with If read 111 user manual 182 238 user specified heading 203 Userpause command 172 V v option 28 value tests 96 variable length strings 88 102 variable length output file 193 Varsub Set option 269 Verify command 162 173 226 271 W warning messages 180 284 Web 206 Web server 208 What s Up DOCumentation newsletter 4 X Xeq command STExport 199 227 Xeq command Suprlink 257 272 Xeq command Suprtool 77 174 Xeq option on Exit 77 199 257 XSORT 152 Y Year 2000 150 151 Year 2000 testing 53 yes answer to questions 179 284 yes response in pseudo batch 281 yyymmdd date format 116 Z Zero command 230 zoned constants 81 zoned decimal illegal digits 246 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual
120. U or X but numeric constants are expected for fields of type Z zoned decimal gt if field wran check for all blanks gt if field XX double quotes are okay gt if field XX so are single quotes If you want to compare for a quote itself you include two quotes in the string for each quote you want gt if field AB CD look for AB CD Character Constants Use the character to specify any ASCII character The number the actual ASCII value or letter A means control A must follow immediately after the character Suprtool treats character constants as strings When you compare the constant to a field longer than one byte Suprtool pads the constant with spaces gt define field 1 1 byte field gt if field 0 binary zero gt if field G Control G bell gt if field 27 escape gt if field 252 Roman 8 box To look for null values or low values in byte fields it is usually sufficient to check the first byte for a binary zero gt define first byte bigfield 1 byte gt if first byte 0 Subscripts Use subscripts to access individual items in repeated fields or to access substrings Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Numeric Subscripts For repeated numeric fields only one index is allowed If Table has the form 10J2 it holds ten double integers e Table 1 is the first sub item e Table is the same as Table 1 e Table 5 is the fifth sub item if table 5 23
121. X SET ORACLE ROWS number not supported in Suprtool MPE SET PATTERN NEW OLD SET PREFETCH number not supported in Suprtool UX SET PRIVMODE ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 145 Add system wide Set commands to the opt robelle suprmgr configuration file 146 e Suprtool Commands SET PROGRESS Percent number Minimum number SET PROMPT character SET RECOVER ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET REDO filename SET SORTFAST ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET SQUEEZE ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET STATISTICS ON OFF SET SUBSYSTEM ONJ OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET SUSPEND ONJ OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET USERLABELS ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET VARSUB ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET WARNINGS ONJOFF Each option is its own Set command That is you cannot specify multiple options in the same command Instead use multiple Set commands For example to Set Statistics On and to define a PCL format for the List command you would specify two Set commands gt set stat on gt set list pcl 1 or gt set stat on set list pcl 1 When Suprtool starts running all the options are set to initial factory settings The Suprmgr file may contain Set commands to override the initial values Set commands remain set until the end of the Suprtool run or until changed by another Set command Some commands have optio
122. a dictionary for Suprtool For disc files you can put both the Define and Item commands in a usefile and execute them right after specifying the file with the Input command If you use the Link output option both date formats and implied decimal places are saved in the self describing file so they never need to be specified again Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 119 Key Command K 120 e Suprtool Commands Specifies the next sort field for an extract task using an explicit byte position in the record not a field name See the Sort command for specifying sort fields by table column name or Defined field or by field name in an SD file Up to 20 Sort and Key commands may be specified per extract task the first is the major sort field KEY byteposition bytelen type DESC Default type BYTE ASCENDING order Parameters Desc specifies that the field is to be sorted in Descending order The byteposition is a number between 1 and the length of the input records specifying where the sort field begins The bytelen parameter 1s a number from 1 to the length of the record specifying how long the sort field 1s The type is a word that gives the desired data type of the field for sorting purposes Type Description BYTE unsigned straight compare INT INTEGER two s complement DOUBLE two s complement IEEE IEEE floating point PACKED packed decimal PACKED packed decimal last nibble unused DISPLAY
123. a few simple commands The typical Suprtool task consists of extracting some data for a report then feeding the Suprtool output file into the final report program For example you might fill a data file with the subset of data needed then report that file with Microfocus COBOL Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 53 Sort Performance Suprtool UX uses its own set of sorting routines These routines are generally faster than the sorting algorithms provided with software tools and SQL databases If you have the right data Suprtool UX can sort much faster than other HP UX tools Because sort performance varies a lot from application to application we recommend that you test Suprtool UX in your own environment You can improve the performance of sort operations by moving the sort workspace to a different physical disk drive than the input file uses You can move the sort scratch space by setting the TMPDIR environment variable to a directory that resides on another physical disk drive provided you have read and write access to that directory export TMPDIR var tmp sortscratch Oracle Performance Suprtool UX provides you with easy ways to let either Oracle or Suprtool do most of the work Whether it is best to use Oracle or Suprtool depends on your specific machine database and application You can use the Select command to force Oracle to do much of the processing or you can use Suprtool to do the work
124. a file system error or a sort error it prints an error message For example Error Unknown command name try HELP Error Unable to open gt OUTPUT file Finding Errors Automatically If you have software that scans spool files for error conditions have it look for WErrors U File System Errors When a file system error occurs Suprtool prints the HP UX error message An error during processing terminates the current task exceptions bad data with an If command when Set Ignore is On Arithmetic Trap Abort If Suprtool should Abort with Parm 99x an error has been detected in the Arithmetic Trap Routine This should never happen so please report it to Robelle Solutions Technology Inc NUMRECS exceeded some records not processed You specified a Numrecs and have reached it This condition is considered an error if the input is from a source other than disc Suprtool 4 4 for HP e3000 Suprtool Suprtool Errors and Warnings e 175 Warnings Command entered is not a valid Suprtool command and MPE access has been disabled See Set Limits command Normally commands that are not valid Suprtool commands are passed off to the operating system If access to the O S has been disabled via the Set Limits command these commands are no longer passed off If the user does not precede the command with a colon we assume that the invalid command was meant for Suprtool If a colon precedes the command we assume that the command was meant f
125. act all of the records and let Suprlink skip over the ones it doesn t need This method does a lot of sorts Sorting time can vary depending on system load and available memory but it increases dramatically for large records and large datasets You should try to use Suprtool s Extract command to reduce the record size and consider using Suprtool s If command to reduce the number of records Suprlink needs enough disc space to invert a significant subset of your database then link it into an Output file Although all of the Suprlink files can be job temporary Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 245 you still need enough disc space for the original database the final Output file the primary Input file and each of the Link files One of the tradeoffs with this method is more disc space for faster elapsed time Another Example From the sales records retrieve all of the sales for October 2000 and append the customer name salesman code and year to date sales total to the sales record these fields are located in the customer records opt robelle bin suprtool gt open oracle demo reader gt sel from sales detail gt extract custnum saledate saleamt if saledate gt 20001001 and amp gt saledate lt 20001031 gt sort custnum gt sort saledate gt output sales link creates SD file gt xeq gt sel from customer gt extract custnum name gt extract salesman ytdsales gt sort
126. act task The first key entered is the major sort key SORT field subscript DESCENDING Default Ascending order Field The field specified must be a selected item from the selected table or a defined field or a field from a self describing file Subscript If the field is a compound item e g 2X25 the first sub item is the default if no subscript is specified You can sort on any sub item by specifying the subscript For example gt sort address 2 sorts on 2nd sub item Descending vs Ascending Order By default sorts are done in ascending order Descending specifies that the field is to be sorted in descending order Examples The most common use of the Sort command is to specify a sort field of a database field You may use the Key command to specify all sorts We recommend that the Sort command be used wherever possible If the structure of your database changes your Suprtool tasks still work if sort fields are specified with the Sort command gt open oracle demo reader gt select from sales input from a table gt sort account primary sort field gt sort purchased desc newest transactions first gt output dsales write the sorted records to a disc file gt exit In the next example we sort a disc file We create a field using the Define command Rather than using the Key command we use the Sort command to specify the sort field Ifthe disc file changes only the Define command must be changed
127. ad file to the Indexed KSAM file Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Defining Fields in QTP In our example above custnum can be used to link the d_invoice and m_customer tables in QTP because custnum is an index in the m_customer table If custnum was not an index you could try declaring the record structure for the subfile with the QTP Define command rm invcust qtp gt access d_invoice gt define name character size 20 gt define address character size 20 gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go You must be careful to ensure that the data definitions of the Defined fields are correct Note that you cannot assign default display specifications such as Heading or Picture specifications for Defined fields in QTP Linking Subfiles by Record Number Another approach which guarantees that the subfile will contain the correct data definitions and default display characteristics is to create temporary subfiles with QTP for each dataset then link them together by record number rm invcust qtp gt access d invoice gt subfile invtemp size 1 include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum gt set input limit 0 gt go gt access m_customer gt subfile custtemp size 1 include amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go gt access invtemp link to record 0 of custtemp gt su
128. adox application from some changes in the corporate application e g an expanded field length The first method is needed if you want to change the data since you need the ability to extend data fields Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications You can use Suprtool to significantly speed serial extracts using Quiz and QTP from Cognos In many cases the changes to existing applications are minor Suprtool with Quiz QTP Quiz QTP and Quick are components of PowerHouse 4GL a popular fourth generation language sold by Cognos You can improve the performance of Quiz reports by using Suprtool to select and sort the records from a file or SQL table and passing selected records to Quiz for final reporting To do this you need some way to tell Quiz about the record structure of Suprtool s output file Quiz already has the capacity to do this without making any changes to the PowerHouse PDL dictionary In the following example Suprtool extracts records from the Custmast file sorts them and writes them to the Cmasfile file These are the records we need for the Quiz report 42 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Step 1 Create a Subfile with Quiz The first step is to use Quiz to extract one entry from the Custmast file and write it to a PowerHouse subfile Note that you could also use QTP to build the subfile rm cmasfile sf rm cmasfile sfd quiz gt access custmast gt report summary all gt set su
129. allowing the stack to become available for future Suprlink invocations For example to assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter set redo myredo If the file does not exist Suprlink creates it Otherwise Suprlink uses the existing file All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the Suprlink session As soon as you exit Suprlink the setting is discarded Next time you run Suprlink you will get the temporary stack If the file name is not qualified the redo stack is created in the cyrrent working directory This may be desirable if you want to have separate stacks If you want to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt it means Suprlink is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Concurrency When Suprlink uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of Suprlink You can run as many Suprlink instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack however you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one Qedit Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual instance at a time If you try to use a pers
130. ames Noname When Suprtool knows the record structure of the output file it shows the name of each output field The Noname keyword causes the field names to be suppressed By only extracting a few fields it is possible to fit the listed output for each record on one line Suppressing Blank Lines Between Records By default Suprtool prints a blank line between each record The Noskip keyword removes this blank line If you combine the Noskip Norec Noname and Title options when extracting a few fields Suprtool can produce a simple report Numeric Justification Leftjustnum and Rightjustnum The List command normally left justifies all numeric fields Specifying List Standard causes all numeric fields to be right justified unless you override the default with the Leftjustnum keyword Use the Leftjustnum or Rightjustnum keyword to specify the alignment of the numbers The two keywords are mutually exclusive The last one that appears on the command line is the one that is applied LaserJet Listings There are two methods to select different printing options for a LaserJet and other PCL compatible printers You can permanently set the PCL option for all listings by using Set List PCL or you can use the List command to select the PCL option for just one task PCL stands for Printer Command Language which is an HP standard for printers The following is a summary of the PCL values PCL Font Orientation Dimensions 1 Lineprinter lands
131. are closed In fact the only options that are not reset to the initial condition are Define Item Open and Set options Examples You began to specify a sort but then you discovered that you specified the wrong database so you decided to start all over gt open oracle demo reader open demo gt select from sales gt sort account gt reset all oops wrong database gt open oracle fred reader now we have correct one In the next example you entered an incorrect If command gt if delivered gt 000401 wrong field used gt reset if only reset the If command gt if purchased gt 000401 and specify it again This time both the If command and the Extract commands are incorrect gt if delivered gt 000401 wrong field used gt extract delivered in both commands gt reset if extract only reset the If and Extract gt if purchased gt 000401 commands and start again gt extract purchased account Notes By resetting certain commands other commands are also reset For example resetting the Open command resets almost all other commands except the Output command Resetting the Select command resets everything except the Open and Table commands Resetting the Table command resets everything except the Open and Define commands Resetting either the Define or Item command resets both Define and Item settings Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 143 Select Command SEL 144 e Suprtool
132. arger numeric field only works when the field is a character field type X U or A Relative Example Combining Subscripts and Offsets If we have ten part numbers combined into one field e g 10X12 we can still define a single field that corresponds to the bin number of one of the parts gt in invoices allparts is 10X12 gt def bin3 allparts 3 5 4 we are checking starting at the fifth byte gt if bin3 100 of the third part Notes The purpose of the Define command is to tell Suprtool to look at a portion of the input record in a certain way For example if the record contains ASCII digits in the Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual first ten bytes Define could be used to assign a field definition to the first six bytes In this case the field must be defined as data type Byte Char or Display The Extract command may be The Define command cannot be used to convert data from one format to another used for data conversion See Using the same example the Define command could not be used to treat the first six the Data Conversion section digits of the ten digit ASCII field as Integer Packed Real or any other numeric data of the Extract command for format If the input record contains ASCII digits Define cannot change them to details another data type It may be helpful to think of the Suprtool Define command as similar to a COBOL REDEFINES clause or a FORTRAN EQUIVALENCE statement Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX
133. at of field gt extract field today today s date gt extract field today 1 yesterday s date gt extract field today 1 tomorrow s date Use the Item command to qualify the field as a date Suprtool uses the date format to determine the output format of the date The today function accepts one optional argument which is the number of days before or after today The maximum number of days in either direction is 9999 Oracle dates include both the date and the time If you extract an Oracle date using today the time is always 00 00 i e midnight Extracting Relative Dates The Extract command provides the same relative date features as the If command see Date Selection on page 105 for a complete description of the options of Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual date You must first use the Item command to identify the field name as a date Suprtool uses the field type and length along with the date format to determine the output format of the date Note that the three parts of SDATE are always specified in year month day order regardless of the date format of the field gt item field date mmddyy gt extract field date today s date gt extract field date 1 01 start of last month gt extract field date 1 last end of last month Oracle dates include both the date and the time If you extract an Oracle date using date the time is always 00 00 i e midnight Stddate Similar to
134. ate AZ amp CA amp OR no ampersand on the last line This is awkward to use and for internal reasons the maximum length is restricted to 256 characters The read function makes it easier to enter long If commands Its maximum length is based on the complexity of the expression not on the number of characters Read Function The read function reads the If expression from stdinx or from the usefile if the If command is in a usefile Read continues to prompt for input lines until you press Return or enter You must remember to enter all the necessary parts of the If expression including connectors like AND and OR and commas You do not use an ampersand amp to continue from one line to the next when using read gt 1f read prompt for the expression status 20 and read prompts with state AZ the comma is still needed CA OR no comma on the last line blank line to terminate read Redoing Read When prompting for an expression read saves each line in the redo stack and accepts the Before Do Listredo and Redo commands This provides an easy way to specify all or part of a previous read expression Error Data Overflow While the read function permits long expressions there are other internal limits within the If command The first is a limit on the amount of space for constants Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool must blank fill all string co
135. bfile invcust keep size numrecs include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 249 Suprlink Commands General Notes When you run Suprlink it prompts for commands on stdlist with a character and reads command lines from stdin Suprlink commands contain a command name followed by one or more parameters and are patterned after the same commands in Suprtool In this chapter we describe the Suprlink commands in alphabetic order Following each command name in brackets is the minimal abbreviation for the command For example I for Input and L for Link Abbreviating You may shorten the command name to the first letter of the command name V verify X xeq Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Suprlink upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes abc These two commands are identical EXIT exit Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters The most common reason for continuing commands is to specify a lengthy Link command with secondary keys Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 251 252 e Sup
136. bfile name cmasfile keep gt set report limit 1 gt go This creates 2 files Cmasfile sf containing the extracted data and Cmasfile sfd containing the PowerHouse record definition for the data portion of the subfile We use Suprtool to reload the Cmasfile sf file with all the records required for the final report Step 2 Output Erase in Suprtool Once you have created the PowerHouse subfile use the Erase option of the Output command in Suprtool to load the file This overwrites any data in the data portion of the subfile but it does not affect the dictionary for that file suprtool gt input custmast reclen 80 nolf gt if credit limit 1000000 gt sort custnum gt output cmasfile sd erase gt exit Step 3 Report with Quiz The Cmasfile sf file now contains the sorted records for the Quiz report Quiz can access the file because the Cmasfile sfd containsthe record definition You can now use Quiz to generate the report Squiz gt access cmasfile gt report gt go Using QTP to Create Subfiles You can also use QTP instead of Quiz to create the PowerHouse subfile rm cmasfile sf rm cmasfile sfd qtp gt access custmast gt set input limit 0 gt subfile cmasfile keep include custmast gt go Creating Subfile with Script File The process of creating a subfile is essentially the same regardless of the input file being used The only things that change are the subfile and input file names
137. cal Be sure to check the IEEE values after converting them from Classic floating point Input from Stdlist In Suprtool MPE input means read the input data from the stdin input device This is usually a job stream and data is terminated by an EOD symbol Suprtool UX does not support reading data from stdin via Input or any other method If you need to create temporary data in the middle of a script it is easy to use a temporary file For example the following script creates a temporary file writes three lines of data to it then uses this file as input to Suprtool UX At the end of the script we make sure that we remove the temporary file that we created bin sh datafile mktemp echo 1234567 Line 1 gt gt datafile echo 2345678 Line 2 gt gt datafile echo 3456789 Line 3 gt gt datafile suprtool EOD input Sdatafile rec 14 1f define key eq define line 8 7 extract key extract line list standard exit EOD rm datafile Missing Features The following Suprtool features on MPE are currently not available in Suprtool UX e AIL IMAGE related commands Base Get Chain Delete Update and Put Use the Open and Select commands instead to access SQL databases e Edit command Dbedit e Extracting a range of fields from an SQL database e Export command STExport exists as a separate program e Hints are not available e Link command Suprlink exists as a separate program Sup
138. can be used as the prompt character For example opt robelle bin suprtool gt set prompt Sopen oracle demo reader Recover SET RECOVER ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Redo SET REDO filename Initially none Commands that you enter at the Suprtool prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual and discarded as soon as you exit Suprtool This temporary stack is not preserved across Suprtool invocations Set Redo allows you to assign a permanent file as the redo stack The redo stack is then available for future Suprtool invocations To assign the Myredo file as a persistent redo stack enter gt set redo myredo If the file does not exist Suprtool creates it If it already exists Suprtool uses it All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the Suprtool session As soon as you exit Suprtool the setting is discarded Next time you run Suprtool you will get the temporary stack If the filename is not qualified the redo stack is created in the current working directory This may be desirable if you wish to have separate stacks If you wish to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is cur
139. cape 175 cols 60 lines 2 Courier landscape 100 cols 45 lines 3 Courier standard portrait 80 cols 60 lines 4 Lineprinter portrait 132 cols 80 lines 5 Courier A4 tight portrait 80 cols 60 lines 6 Lineprinter legal landscape 223 cols 60 lines See the Set command for a complete description of the PCL options By default Suprtool assumes that the List output device is not PCL compatible List PCL 0 If you use the List command to your terminal with a global Set List PCL value other than zero your terminal screen may be cleared To avoid this situation you can explicitly specify the PCL setting along with the device 124 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt get d sales gt list serialp pcl 2 gt xeq A4 Size Paper Most of the PCL options with the exception of PCL 5 were designed and tested with North American letter size paper This is especially true with PCL 5 for A4 paper it reduces the horizontal spacing between characters so that 80 columns of Courier output fits on a single line In addition if you add 2000 to a PCL code Suprtool adjusts the number of rows and columns for that option to match A4 paper For example to print Landscape on A4 paper use PCL 2001 instead of PCL 1 In general selecting A4 paper gives you more space along the long side of the paper and less space along the short side If you are happy with the way letter size rows and columns work on A4 paper simply do not add 2000 to the PCL
140. cate however can be abbreviated only to DU since there is also a Define command in Suprtool gt i sdfile Input command gt 1 List command 2X Xeq command Uppercase or Lowercase You can enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because Suprtool upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes e g abc and disc file names These two commands are identical gt EXTRACT QTY gt extract qty Multiple Commands per Line You can enter several commands on a single line if you separate them with semicolons An entire task can be placed on one input line Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 57 The maximum command that may be specified in the Info parameter of the Run command is 80 characters You may also use MPE s COMMENT command to enter comment lines 58 e Suprtool Commands gt in sdfile out new xeq gt in sdfile if cust status lt 510 20 30 list x Caution Suprtool cannot distinguish between several commands on one line and several commands entered on several lines This is not a problem when using Suprtool in batch as Suprtool stops executing when an error occurs But when using Suprtool interactively specifying multiple commands separated by a semicolon Suprtool keeps on parsing the rest of the line after it finds an error For example if you misspell the fldname when you type the following gt in sdfile if fldname value out filename
141. ch input record into one record in the output file The Input file must be a self describing file use the Output Link option in Suprtool Dates and Decimal Places Use Suprtool s Item command to specify date formats and the number of implied decimal places when you create the self describing file STExport uses this information to correctly format the information in the output file See Appendix A for a complete example of how to use Suprtool s Item command and Output Link option to create an input file for STExport Each STExport formatting command applies to all fields of a specific data type i e you cannot specify formatting field by field only by type For example all numeric type fields can be formatted the same The main data types that STExport identifies are Byte Type STExport assumes that character information is stored in byte type fields By default all byte type fields are surrounded by quotes and trailing spaces are removed Numeric Type The numeric data types are integer logical floating point packed and display STExport converts the internal representation of each data type into a string of ASCII digits By default all numeric type fields have a leading sign and are variable length Where appropriate numeric type fields are converted with a decimal point Floating Type All commands that affect numeric type fields also affect floating type Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Introductio
142. cond character above the second d It does not delete a range of characters making it unlike the MPE V version of Redo Deletes a single character above the first d skips two spaces and deletes to the end of the line beginning at the second d and then places xyz at the end of the line Appends xyz to the end of the line In this case the i command is superfluous because gt accomplishes the same result Using gt xyz would be sufficient c ab def Changes all occurrences of ab to def c ab Deletes all occurrences of ab CXyZz Replaces the current text with cxyz starting at c Because delimiters have not been specified as they were in the previous two examples this is a simple replacement with the four characters Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands See Redo on page 156 for details Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Reset Command R Resets aspects of the current task RESET ALL command Default Sort Key If List Parameters More than one command can be Reset at once by entering several commands separated by a space or a comma If no parameters are specified Suprtool cancels the previous Sort Key If and List commands The other commands remain unchanged If ALL is specified all of the Input and Output commands are canceled and files
143. cord option compares the entire output record This option can be specified without a sort but in that case the input file must already be sorted Note that there are two data fields in the records in the following example so that a comparison of the entire record yields no duplicates Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt duplicate none record Input Output 1111 1111 10 2222 2222 25 2222 2222 35 3333 3333 48 Keys The Keys option compares only the sort keys to determine whether an output record is a duplicate This option requires that at least one sort key be specified gt sort agent sort by agent gt duplicate none keys gt output agents create roster of agents The Keys Num option determines the level at which Suprtool compares sort keys This option controls which duplicate records get included in or excluded from the output file In the following example we sort by agent and by bill date in descending order but only check for duplicates at the agent level gt sort agent sort by agent gt sort bill date desc sort by date gt duplicate none keys 1 only check for duplicate agents gt output agents create roster of agents Count The Count option causes Suprtool to produce a new field in the output record with the number of occurrences of each key value The count field is called st count and is an 12 type field The Count option can only be used with Duplicate None Keys gt key 1 4 gt
144. ct command in Suprtool but you have no control over their order Use the Form command to print out the final record format so that you can prepare COBOL COPYLIB or PowerHouse QSCHEMA definitions The Input file and Link files must be sorted by the same key field Their names do not have to be identical but they must be the same type and have the same length Suprlink does not support real or long type keys Selection logic can be tricky since it is distributed over independent Suprtool extract tasks the Suprlink merge phase and the final report program Suprtool Selection You can use the If command to select which records you want from each SQL table What you cannot do in Suprtool is check a field in a related SQL table You do have the option to select key values from one dataset then load them into a Table and use lookup to select related entries in another dataset It makes sense to use If on every SQL table since you have another selection possibility when the files are linked For example you might select all customers in California and all invoices with an amount greater than 2000 Suprlink Selection The Input file limits the scope of the Output file You cannot have more Output records than you do Input records but you can have fewer When you do a Link to another file you have an implied selection criterion That is if Suprlink cannot find a record in the Link file with matching key value s the Input record is dropped from
145. customernum gt output custs link gt exit opt robelle bin suprlink input sales link sales link custs to custs output repts producing REPTS xeq run the task form repts fields in repts exit myprog run program rm sales these files rm custs no longer needed rm repts Illegal Digits Whenever Suprlink is processing files with packed or zoned decimal keys errors can occur because of invalid digits in the keys Suprlink reports the input and link record numbers with illegal digits and processing stops You can use Suprtool to examine input and link records by using record selection with Suprtool s input command A packed decimal number consists of nibbles there are two nibbles in each byte The last nibble is the sign of the number The remaining nibbles must each contain a number in the range 0 9 A zoned decimal number must have a valid digit in each byte and end in 0 9 A R f op Selecting Non Matches Consider a common problem easily solved with Quiz from Cognos finding all records in a file which have no corresponding records in a related file For example to find all records in an invoice lines file with no corresponding invoice master record the following Quiz code could be written 246 e Introduction to Suprlink Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt access lines link to header optional gt select if not record header exists gt report invoiceno
146. d and the expression must be the last item If you want to extract several expressions or more fields after an expression you need to use several Extract commands Incorrect gt extract name i sales tips c cost expense dept Correct gt extract name i sales tips gt extract c cost expense gt extract dept Constants vs Expressions If you have an arithmetic expression that starts with a constant Suprtool assumes that you are attempting to extract a single constant value and not an arithmetic expression To specify an arithmetic expression that starts with a constant surround the expression with parentheses For example Incorrect extract c 6000 cost Error Missing comma or invalid arithmetic expression Correct gt extract c 6000 cost Numeric Truncation The accuracy of arithmetic computations is limited to approximately sixteen digits Suprtool may truncate four word integers quad or large packed decimal numbers or display numbers when they are converted to floating point Suprtool does not produce any error or warning in this case Division by Zero Suprtool reports an error in the input record number if an arithmetic computation results in division by zero Use Set Ignore On to force Suprtool to ignore division by zero errors With Set Ignore On the result of division by zero is zero The speed of a task decreases when you ask Suprtool to ignore many division by zero errors It is b
147. d Credit contains the value 547 83 the abs function returns 547 83 This function will work on a field or even on an expression such as gt if Sabs credit 100 1 07 gt 500 00 This function will also work in the Extract command gt def newcredit 1 4 double gt ext newcredit abs credit 100 1 07 Truncate function Suprtool supports a truncate function which returns the number to the left of a decimal place For example if the field stddev contains the value 547 83 the truncate function will return 547 Note that there is no rounding This function will work fields and expressions Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 101 102 e Suprtool Commands if truncate stddev 100 1 07 200 This function will also work in the Extract command gt def newdev 1 4 double gt ext newdev truncate stddev 100 1 07 String Expressions You can do comparisons with byte type fields in numerous ways using Suprtool These powerful features minimize the number of tasks you must execute in order to select the data you need The fewer the number of tasks the faster your data is delivered to the users and applications that need it You can combine byte type fields together and use the built in string functions to create string expressions String expressions involve the operator and the other string functions such as lower Supper trim ltrim and rtrim Fixed vs Variable Length Strings S
148. d date is encountered the extracted value will be zero Therefore in the example above if the order has not yet been shipped ship date does not contain a valid date the resulting delay value will be negative Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 83 Add and Subtract Dates With the days function you can generate a date that is n days before or after any date You only need to use two tasks the first to generate the desired date in JulianDay format and a second task to put that date into your format In the following example we show you how to get the previous day s date gt input YOURFILE gt def origdate 1 8 gt item origdate date yyyymmdd gt def jdate 1 4 int gt item jdate date julianday gt ext origdate gt ext jdate days origdate 1 or 7 for next week gt out tmpfile link gt xeq gt in tmpfile gt def yesterday 1 8 display your format here gt item yesterday date yyyymmdd gt ext origdate gt ext yesterday stddate jdate gt out result link gt xeq Sample output ORIGDATE YESTERDAY 19990101 19981231 19991231 19991230 19990301 19990228 Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Range of Fields Extracting a Range of Fields You can specify a range o
149. d in STExport The usefile may be any unnumbered text file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record are processed By default STExport displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed STExport can execute commands quietly using the Useq command For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ 224 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Verify Command V Print the definition of the current task VERIFY Verify prints the current Input and Output files and all export specifications in other words it is a Verify All command Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 225 Xeq Command X Perform the current task XEQ Xeq checks that you have specified an Input file and an Output file Then it performs the task and creates the Output file Finally it closes the files ready for you to specify another task or Exit If you also wish to leave STExport after completing the task use Exit instead of Xeq 226 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual XML Command XML Use XML to produce XML Documents for either Internet or Intranet applications XML VERSION string DOCTYPE string FILE string RECORD string Example STExport can generate well formed XML output with just a few commands Sinput filelsd xml Soutput myxml xeq These four simple commands will generate the following file that packages such as XMLSpy will c
150. d with Suprtool The fewer records STExport has to process the faster it runs Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual 2 Use Suprtool s Extract command to select only the fields that you need to import in your final application The fewer the number of fields in the input file the faster STExport can format each record Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to STExport e 187 STExport Commands General Notes When you run STExport it prompts for commands on stdlist with a character and reads command lines from stdin STExport commands contain a command name followed by one or more parameters and are patterned after the same commands in Suprtool In this chapter we describe the STExport commands in alphabetical order Following each command name in brackets is the minimal abbreviation for the command For example I for Input and O for Output Abbreviating You may shorten the command to the first letter of the command name v verify x xeq Uppercase or Lowercase You may enter the letters in either uppercase or lowercase because STExport upshifts everything in the command line except literal strings within quotes abc and file names These two commands are identical SEXIT Sexit Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment a
151. dd will start over with a new heading Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 203 Help Command H Show what commands and options are available in STExport HELP command keyword section Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a specific STExport command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name help sign help on the Sign command Shelp sign trailing trailing section of the Sign command Keyword Help If we cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file we assume that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You see a short introduction to STExport and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword Shelp intro input input section of Introduction Quick Help HQ HQ asks STExport to look under the keyword Quick in the help file Quick contains the text from the STExport Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command hq input quick description of Input Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file opt robelle help stexport The Help command uses the Qhelp subsystem from the QLIB
152. default answer However there are cases where Suprtool picks a different answer from the default For example an output filename erase command has a default answer of no but with Interactive Off Suprtool uses the answer yes However if you run Suprtool on a Remote Session that was created from a batch job Set Interactive is On even though you are NOT interactive If you wish to have proper batch error processing your first command after starting Suprtool should be Set Interactive Off Set Interactive Off is also useful when automating on line tasks with usefiles Suprtool c set interactive off use usefile LabelledTapeRewind SET LABELLEDTAPEREWIND ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Limits SET LIMITS MPE ON OFF READONLY ON OFF Tablesize size Initially MPE ON ReadOnly OFF Tablesize 1 megabyte When Set Limits MPE is Off you cannot execute any HP UX command e g rm This is an irreversible option once disabled it cannot be enabled again by the user Table Size The Table command allows you to load large tables Once these tables reach the size of real memory on your machine performance starts to degrade Setting Tablesize restricts the total amount of table space to the specified number of megabytes It is not necessary to enter both parameters in order to change one gt set limits tablesize 2 HP UX command ability unchanged Due to internal restrictions in Suprtool the maximum Table
153. dev null exit EOD if cat stoutcount ge 10 then echo More than 10 records found fi Exit with Verify v Some users inadvertently Exit from Suprtool by entering the Exit command instead of Xeq To prompt for Exit approval use the v option suprtool v gt e Okay to exit no gt Combining c and v You can combine both the c and v options with the following command HP UX Notes This section describes Suprtool UX features that interact with the HP UX environment Shell Commands You can execute shell commands by typing them anywhere you type a Suprtool command If a command is both a shell and Suprtool command you must precede the shell command by an exclamation mark or a colon Shell commands are 28 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual executed by your default shell the one configured in etc passwd for your user name Ssuprtool gt whoami these 3 commands are identical gt whoami gt whoami SSEt ts does Suprtool s Set command sleet nag does HP UX s Set command Shell commands are executed by a child copy of your shell Child shells cannot change environment variables in the parent s environment To change the value of an environment variable you must first exit Suprtool Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable Some file names are hardcoded into Suprtool This section describes the hardcoded file names that Suprtool UX may ne
154. do Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 266 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Reset Command R Cancel the current linkage task RESET Reset closes the current Input file and any Link files then resets the output file name to Output This is actually a Reset All command you cannot reset particular commands as you can do in Suprtool If you try to reset an individual command Suprlink prints a warning Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 267 Set Command S 268 e Suprlink Commands Enables or disables certain operating options within Suprlink These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands SET MAPPED ON OFF REDO filename STATISTICS ON OFF VARSUB ON OFF Mapped SET MAPPED ON OFF MAPPED has no effect within Suprlink UX Redo SET REDO filename Initially unnamed temporary file Commands entered at the Suprlink prompt are saved in something called the redo stack You can recall commands from the redo stack by using other commands such as Before Do and Redo By default the redo stack is stored in a temporary file and discarded as soon as you exit This temporary stack is not preserved across Suprlink invocations The new Set Redo command assigns a permanent file as the redo stack
155. do command 1s the abbreviation for the Do command is the abbreviation for the Listredo command or Means String Quotes or are the string delimiters in Suprtool IF NAME BOB Strings that start with must end with gt 1f name BOB is the string delimiter here Means Start Parameter Left parenthesis is used to specify a subscript see subscript below or to select a specific range of input record numbers Left parenthesis always comes with a right parenthesis gt input actrec data 10 20 choose records 10 through 20 gt total budget 2 total second repeated field Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms e 287 Means End Parameter Right parenthesis is used to complete a subscript or a selected range of record numbers Right parenthesis always comes with left parenthesis Means Percentage In the Numrecs command use to indicate the number of output records as a percentage of the input file size gt numrecs 10 Means Range of Records Slash in the Input and Get commands means a range of record numbers gt input cat dog mouse 1000 2000 Means Range of Fields Backslash in the Extract command means a range of fields gt extract account rating 288 e Glossary of Terms Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Index means string 287 for HP UX commands 287 for O S commands 287 means string 287 closed tables 163
156. ds If you increase the maximum block size it is likely that Suprtool will produce an output file that Suprlink cannot read Input File Maximum Fields 255 Suprlink restricts the number of fields per file to be 255 If you must have more fields use Suprtool s Define and Extract commands to extract several fields as one contiguous series of bytes Link File Maximum Record Size 2048 Words As with the input file you should use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the link record size Link File Maximum Block Size 2048 Words See the description of the maximum input block size Link File Maximum Fields 255 See the description of the maximum number of input fields Link File Maximum Number Seven Suprlink will link one input file with up to seven Link files Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Limits Within Suprlink e 275 Output File Maximum Record Size 4096 Words When linking many files together it is easy to produce large output records Once again using the Extract command to minimize the size of the input and link records will avoid large output records Output File Maximum Fields 1023 Internal Suprlink tables that keep track of the output fields are restricted to 1023 entries 276 e Limits Within Suprlink Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual How to Contact Robelle Robelle Solutions Technology Inc In the United States in Canada and in places not listed below contact us at the fol
157. duplicate none keys count Input Output 1111 10 1111 10 1 2222 25 2222 25 2 two records for key value 2222 2222 35 3333 48 1 3333 48 Total The Total option allows up to 15 fields to be subtotaled for each duplicate key Separate the fields with spaces not commas The Total option can only be used with Duplicate None Keys A new field is created at the end of the output record for each total Each field is called st total n gt sort customer no gt extract customer no gt duplicate none keys total sales qty sales amt The above commands will create a self describing file with the field customer no and the total by each customer of the sales qty in the field st total 1 Similarly the field st total 2 will contain the total sales amt by customer number The following data types are chosen for each total based on the data type of the field Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 73 74 e Suprtool Commands Data Type Total Data Type IEEE E4 all others P28 Please see the P28 Fields section on how to define these fields in Cobol and PowerHouse programs Note that for byte fields there can be only digits in the field If there are other characters such as or then Suprtool reports an error You can use the Link output option to easily see the fields that Suprtool creates For repeated fields e g 612 the first subfield is subtotaled if you don t provide a subscript You can combine the Count a
158. e YES to stop the task Even though you abort the task your output file is saved although it may be empty if you stop before the sort phase is over Many HP UX sites use Control C as the interrupt key instead of Control Y Use the HP UX stty command to display your intr setting Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 59 Add Command Add 60 e Suprtool Commands Specify an SQL table to which you wish to Add records Add tablename Use the Add command to insert records into an Oracle table You must specify the Oracle tablename and you must have opened the Oracle database to which you wish to add records The tablename specified must be a valid table and not a view The fields from the input source or the extracted names must be the same as the column names in the table to which you wish to add records You do not have to specify all columns in the table unreferenced columns will be given default values depending on their data type You cannot currently add records from another SQL table However you can extract the records you want into a file and then add from that file Examples The first example shows a typical Add task A self describing file s records are added to the table called customer This assumes that the self describing file has the same structure and that the field names are the same as the column names gt open oracle scott tiger gt in custrecs open SQL database input file you wi
159. e 1999 01 01 and amp trans date lt date 1999 01 31 Relative Dates You can specify a relative date using the date function Then you can create job streams that don t rely on hard coded dates The general syntax of the date function is date year month day The year can be a specific number e g 2000 or an asterisk for the current year To specify a relative year you add or subtract years from the one you specified if field Sdate 2000 01 01 January 1 2000 gt 1f field date 2000 1 01 01 January 1 1999 gt if field date 1 01 01 January 1 last year The month can be a specific number e g 6 for June or an asterisk for the current month To specify a relative month you add or subtract months from the one you specified if field date 2000 06 1 01 May 1 2000 gt if field date 01 start of current year and month gt if field date 1 01 start of last month if field date 18 exactly eighteen months ago The day can be a specific number e g 15 an asterisk for the current day the word first for the first day of the month or the word last for the last day of the month You cannot add or subtract relative days use today instead if field date 2001 01 first January 1 2001 gt if field date today s date gt 1f field Sdate 1 last last day of previous month Combining these features makes it possible to generate batch
160. e Feeds to the end of the record Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual LF Write out Line Feeds to the end of the record DATA DATA is the default output records are the same length and format as the input records KEY KEY creates output records containing only the sort keys concatenated from left to right major key to minor key NUM NUM creates output records of four bytes in length containing the double integer record number of each input record The record number of the first record is 1 for database tables and 0 for disc files NUM KEY NUM KEY creates output records containing the four byte record number followed by the sort key values concatenated from left to right major key to minor key NUM DATA NUM DATA creates output records containing the four byte record number followed by the full data record This can be useful to create transaction files from detail datasets that will later be updated back to the database after a processing stage QUERY QUERY creates a self describing output file A self describing file is a data file plus an extra file which contains information about the structure of each record in the data file This extra file is created with the output file name plus the extension sd This sd file contains the name type length and offset of each field in the data file QUERY self describing files have no provision for repeated fields These fields appear with an unknown type
161. e a slash in an extract range surround it with spaces gt extract a b Numeric Expressions You can specify arithmetic expressions for any numeric data type in the Extract command Arithmetic expressions involve the operators and mod Extract arithmetic expressions work exactly as If command arithmetic expressions To extract an expression use this syntax EXTRACT target field expression Target Field The target field determines the byte length data type and repeat count for the expression The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g sort To avoid confusion 1t is best to define a new field name for the target field instead of using an existing field name Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 85 86 e Suprtool Commands Examples gt extract budget99 actual98 1000 gt extract total cost qty gt extract day ccyymmdd date mod 100 In the following example the field total is used twice In the first case it is used to tell Suprtool how to format the arithmetic expression In the second case it is used in the sort command Warning In this example the output file is sorted by the value of total as it appears in the input record It is not be sorted by cost qty gt extract total cost qty gt sort total sort by input total Restrictions You can only use one expression in each Extract comman
162. e characters in the Roman 8 set are similar to but not identical with the ISO 8859 1 character set When formatting byte type fields STExport attempts to convert any Roman 8 input character into the corresponding ISO 8859 1 character Those characters that cannot be converted are dropped from the output The following characters cannot be converted Symbol Roman amp value name Notes If you specify HTML Table STExport sets e Quotes None e Delimiters None If you specify HTML Preformatted STExport sets e Quotes None e Delimiters Space e Columns None In either case any changes cause STExport to print a warning to let you know that these options have changed If you do want quotes around byte type fields or delimiters between fields specify those options after selecting the HTML option Dynamic Web Pages The Common Gateway Interface CGI feature of your Web server allows you to execute custom programs or scripts and to dynamically generate then display Web pages These custom programs and scripts can be written in almost any programming language Perl is probably the most commonly used language but you could use C or C Applescript on Macintosh or Visual Basic Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Web Server First your Web server software must be configured to allow CGI scripts On the NCSA server you need to change the srm conf file to include ScriptAlias cgi bin usr local httpd server cgi bin This
163. e command In addition the Input command no longer needs any Reclen or LF parameters gt input salefile self describing file gt form display the fields in the file gt if sales total gt 10000 select based on a field gt extract cust_account only extract a few fields gt extract sales qty gt extract sales tax gt extract sales total gt total sales total total a field from the file gt output newfile link create a new SD file gt xeq Listing SD Files Suprtool normally lists data files in an Octal Char format When listing an SD file Suprtool produces a formatted listing with field names and field values converted into ASCIT gt input salefile self describing file gt list produce a formatted listing gt xeq Decimal Places and Date Formats You use the Item command to identify items with an implied number of decimal places or a date format If you create a self describing file this information is retained When you input such a file all Suprtool commands are automatically informed about the decimal places and date formats The Form command shows these extra attributes as comments at the end of each field description For example gt input salefile self_describing file gt item deliv date date yyyymmdd gt item purch date date Yyyymmdd gt item sales tax decimal 2 gt item sales total decimal 2 output newfile link creates SD file with item attributes gt xeq gt form newfile show
164. e current task then prompt you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate Suprlink immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort This will terminate the Suprlink program immediately without attempting any task Suprtool Link Command This command is not currently available in the HP UX version Exit with Verify This feature is not yet available in the HP UX version Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Accessing Suprlink e 241 Using Suprlink in Batch You normally run Suprlink as an on line session You type Suprlink commands on your terminal and Suprlink prints responses on your terminal If you redirect stdin or stdlist Suprlink assumes that it is in batch Suprlink in batch is almost identical to Suprlink on line except for answering questions When Suprlink asks a question in batch no one is there to answer it Therefore Suprlink does not expect an answer from stdin Suprlink assumes that you want your batch task to complete so it always selects the option that will complete the command successfully This is normally a YES answer as in yes purge the file Suprlink prints the question on stdlist as well as the answer that it has selected for you 242 e Accessing Suprlink Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink How Report Programs Work The best way to understand Suprlink is to examine the process of writing a report Your report program
165. e data as it exists in the input record rather than forcing it to a constant value gt ext account extract key value gt ext address take both of the repeated fields In the next example we assume that the Balance field is a repeated field 12J2 We wish to make each of the 12 repeated fields in the output record equal to 100 gt extract name gt extract balance 100 If we only wanted to extract the sixth field of BALANCE and set it to 100 we would do the following gt extract name gt extract balance 6 100 Character Constants Use the character to specify any ASCII character The number the actual ASCII value or letter A means control A must follow immediately after the character Suprtool treats character constants as strings When you extract the constant to a field longer than one byte Suprtool pads it with spaces gt define field 1 1 byte field gt ext field 0 binary zero gt ext field G Control G bell gt ext field 27 escape gt ext field Roman 8 box gt ext field Euro currency symbol You can also extract the constant directly without referring to a defined field This always produces a one byte constant with no blank padding 0 binary zero 13 10 Carriage Return Line Feed M J CR LF again 27 amp dB escape sequence Dates Extracting Today s Date To extract today s date use the following gt item field date ccyymmdd identify date form
166. e ere ett ege 57 Multiple Commands per Line enne nnns 57 Cont RORIS etti SS 58 Comments on Command Lines sese enne 58 HP UX Commands cine RI AOI eA Ne IET 58 Calculator endete Ue RO RW vate V ERE OR eR 59 Control Y tri Ie ed RUNE e e ed ROR deett 59 Add Command Add Rete tira 60 Examples tue Reiten tent nte tene NE 60 Base Command BA eset ni eR ca Ne ERE AD EE 61 Before Command B e RR re t EHE e ERU e SA AFER ERR 62 Chain Command Clas ee tee I e e e oret 64 Define Command D nne ree le REED ee EU Fe ER 65 Delete Command DEE sc ie ER eee ee e RU ce un ec T cei bts 70 Do Command DO eit t eR reet le ei RETE ee Tue tes RI Se ERR 71 Duplicate Command DU ne eed nein Rg RO n REIR e RU ee at 72 Edit Command ED iion ee oeste Fev aevo ica 76 Exit Command EF io dido 77 Export Command EXP ede me edere tet pier es RE erede 79 Extract Command EXT c cccccccccssccssscesscecssecsescecsseceescecseceeseecsseceeeeecsaeceseecsseeeeseeceeseeaeeces 80 COMSTAIES PE 80 rn EH 82 Range of Fields necesite er reitera ente dep e giten ede 84 N ineric Expressions iia 85 SUTIN SEX PFESSIOMS 12 4 5552 05 ecard eed ee O 87 Data Con versions sostener eere RN IS 89 Form Command E rere teen Paene trot SE canina e ERE Ene Yn 92 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Get Command G A dett t t e rrr eG ED SER PEE NR RU RINES 93 Help Comimand EI ere aere rette e epitopes te
167. e tables in the database Use the Select command to choose what data to read from your Allbase database We have tested the Allbase module with Allbase version G 1 09 for HP UX We believe that it will be compatible with future versions of Allbase We have not tested Suprtool with any of the F versions of Allbase Allbase access 1s available as a separate add on module to Suprtool Data Types When you specify a Select command Suprtool figures out how to translate the Allbase internal data types into ones that Suprtool can process Not all Allbase data types can be processed by Suprtool The following table lists the Suprtool data type that corresponds to the Allbase data type Allbase Data Type Suprtool Data type Integer Double Smallint Integer Binary Not Supported Char Byte Varchar Byte Real Ieee 32 Float Ieee 64 Decimal Packed Numeric Packed TID Not Supported Date Byte Time Byte Datetime Byte Interval Byte Varbinary Not Supported Long binary Not Supported 34 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Long varbinary Not Supported Date and Time Types Allbase has four types of fields that are associated with dates and times These fields are converted to byte type data and are returned with specific lengths The date and time fields are returned with the following byte lengths Data Type Length Date 10 Time 8 Datetime 23 Interval 8 Restrictions Suprtool cannot currently handle all
168. eadsheets or databases with the PRN option of the Output command Suprtool formats your file as a PC structure a comma delimited file Not all PC applications support the PRN format For more precise data conversion create a self describing file then use STExport See the STExport manual for details You transfer the Suprtool output file to your PC and then import it into your PC application Downloading to the PC After you have created a PRN file using Suprtool you can use FTP or any of the many terminal emulator programs available to download the file to the PC This includes Reflection from Walker Richer amp Quinn Decimal Places Be sure to specify which fields have decimal places when creating the PRN file Suprtool reserves extra space for decimal points that appear in the PRN output When formatting numeric fields Suprtool inserts the decimal point at the correct place When you import your file into your PC application numeric fields are automatically formatted correctly Spreadsheets The following procedure allows you to include literal headings in your spreadsheet using only one file the size and shape of which is computed by STExport We have tested this method with MS Excel it should work with any spreadsheet that supports the importing of delimited files There are two steps First build a self describing file with Suprtool then use STExport to convert it to PRN and add the headings 1 In Suprtool build a self de
169. ec 1 Because you extracted all 15 records you know you do not have any records with the purch date field that need to be updated with a 20 Now you can insert the records into the new database base store db in sales02 gt put d sales gt xeg Now you have converted two dates from an X6 format to an X8 format Case 3 Different Date Formats X6 MMDDYY Data to X6 YYMMDD The following Suprtool task shows you how to convert a date in a self describing file from mmddyy to yymmdd format Consider the following self describing file with the deliv date and purch date fields Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 51 File Entry CUST ACCOUNT DELIV DATE PRODUCT NO PRODUCT_PRICE SALES04 DATA ACCOUNT PURCH_DATE SALES QTY SALES TAX SALES TOTAL Limit 115 EOF Z8 X6 Z8 I2 X6 EL 12 12 15 Entry Length SD Version B 00 00 Offset 1 9 15 23 27 33 35 39 lt lt MMDDYY gt gt lt lt MMDDYY gt gt 42 Blocking 97 You want to convert these two dates to a data format of yymmdd before adding a century in front of the year This can be easily accomplished by defining each sub part of the date and extracting those parts in the new order gt in sales04 deliv date mm deliv date deliv date dd deliv date deliv date yy deliv date purch date mm purch date purch date dd purch date purch date yy purch date gt def gt def gt def
170. ecause dates spanning the turn of the century will not collate properly for the yymmdd form you need to use stddate to compare these dates gt item ship date date yymmdd gt if ship date date 2000 12 31 will not work gt if stddate ship date lt date 2000 12 31 will work Finding Invalid Dates Use the invalid function to find invalid dates An invalid date is a number in a date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on a calendar For example a month value of 99 would be considered invalid gt input sdfile a self describing file gt item deliv date date ccyymmdd if Sinvalid deliv date gt out baddates link gt xeq Stddate Function The stddate function converts any date format in nearly any data type container and internally converts it to the ccyymmdd format in a double integer container This allows you to compare dates with dissimilar formats and data types For example Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt in orddets gt item order date date ccyymmdd gt item bill date date mmddyyyy if stddate bill date lt order date gt output badords link gt xeq This feature is also available for dates that have two digit years The century portion of the date will be generated by stddate which uses the normal cutoff rules specified by Set Date Cutoff gt in invdets gt set date cutoff 20 gt item invoice date date yymmdd gt item close date date mmddyyyy i
171. ect records where the customer name contains the word THOMPSON somewhere use gt 1f name THOMPSON Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms e 285 286 e Glossary of Terms amp GT amp LT Means Mismatches Pattern In the If command use the two characters gt lt when you want to select records that fail to match a pattern of characters if address gt lt GCANADAQG Means Match Anything in a Pattern The At Sign character is used in patterns to indicate that Suprtool should accept anything in that position For example if name ROBERT The matches lt null gt ROBERT is a valid match it matches one character ROBERTA is a valid match it matches multiple characters ROBERT M GREEN and The ROBERT E LEE are valid matches Means Number in Patterns or Prompt Character for the Edit Command is used in patterns to match a single numeric character gt if type REC HH look for REC followed by 2 digits is used by the Edit command on MPE to prompt for commands gt edit MPE only Hlist d inventory is used in the Get and Input commands to read every n th record Means Alphanumeric in Patterns is used in patterns to match a single alphabetic or numeric character gt if type BASE look for BASE plus 2 alphanumerics amp Means Escape in Patterns or Continue Command Line amp is used in patterns to match one of the special pattern cha
172. ed while st total 1 contains the total sales for each cust_account Sort by Count or Subtotal When Suprtool counts or subtotals the output is sorted according to the key fields If you want your output file to be sorted by the count or by a total you must process the output file with a second task The following example sorts the previous file of totals by ST COUNT We choose a descending sort sequence so that we can see first the customers with the largest number of orders gt input result input from previous task Sort st count desc highest counts appear first gt list standard produce a simple report gt xeq Total by Field If you want to get a single total for a field without caring about subtotals on sort breaks you can use the Total command Total prints out the result on stdlist For example to compute the total sales value for 2000 transactions use these commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 19 gt select from sales gt if purch date gt 000101 and purch date lt 001231 gt total sales total gt output null gt xeq Listing Records You can print selected input records either formatted or with the Octal Hex Decimal or Character representations To dump all sales records with a negative amount use these commands gt select from sales gt if sales total 0 gt list lp gt xeq This finds the entries that meet the selection criteria and p
173. ed Suprtool will normally look for files in the opt robelle directory unless you set the ROBELLE variable ROBELLE Variable Normally Suprtool looks files in the opt robelle directory If you move Suprtool you must set the ROBELLE variable export ROBELLE users robelle lopt robelle suprmgr This is an optional file that is designed to contain configuration commands You cannot change this file name If you move Suprtool UX to a different directory you must set the ROBELLE variable so Suprtool may find this file For example if you move Suprtool to the users robelle directory you must set the ROBELLE variable in the following manner export ROBELLE users robelle You can then put your suprmgr file in the users robelle directory lopt robelle help suprtool This is the name of the Suprtool UX Help file You can override this name by using Set Filename Help or set the ROBELLE variable as outlined previously set filename help usr local help suprtool Outcount File If you want to automatically check the number of output records that Suprtool produced you must produce an outcount file This file contains a string with the number of output records that Suprtool processed By default no outcount file is produced If you invoke Suprtool UX with the oc option Suprtool writes the number of output records to a file called stoutcount Use Set Filename Outcount to specify your own file name for the output count Supr
174. ed all floating point values will be aligned along the decimal point Scientific Format Use Floating Scientific to force all floating point numbers to appear in scientific notation You must specify the number of digits to the right of the decimal point The Scientific option formats the number with all significant digits to the right of the decimal point followed by the exponent e g 0 47832E 10 Notes Both the Fixed and Scientific options attempt to round the number to the specified number of decimal places within the maximum width for each floating point data type If STExport cannot format a floating point field in the specified number of decimal places the number appears as asterisks Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Form Command F Display the fields in a self describing file FORM filename If no file name is specified the fields in the input file are displayed The display shows the field type and field length in IMAGE notation An I1 field is a single integer Packed fields show the number of nibbles subtract one to obtain the number of digits Byte and zoned decimal fields show the byte length When showing the form of a self describing file STExport shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one There are two types of self describing files One type is produced with Suprtool s Query output option You produce the other type
175. elf describing files and database tables the Standard keyword is equivalent to List Noname Noskip Norec Rightjustnum with default column headings For data files the Standard keyword is equivalent to List Octal Char In either case the Standard keyword provides a default title that describes the input source You can override the title date format time format or any other option selected by the Standard keyword by specifying them in addition to the Standard keyword For example Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt select from customer gt list standard gt xeqg gt select from customer gt list standard date 3 gt xeqg gt input uxfile reclen 80 nolf gt list standard char Xeq gt input uxfile reclen 80 nolf list standard leftjustnum gt xeq gt select from customer gt list standard title Customer List gt xeqg gt select from customer gt list standard heading gt xeq Listings with Subheadings use all Suprtool defaults override the date format override the format options left justify numbers override title no column headings When using the Title or Standard keywords you can also include subheadings with the Heading keyword You can specify multiple columns by repeating the string after the Heading option e g List Heading First Second or specify the Heading option multiple times e g List Heading First Heading Second Being able to specify mu
176. elle Solutions Technology Inc 1999 Version 4 5 After a short pause STExport takes over your terminal and prints out some identifying information You will notice that your command prompt has changed to telling you that you have made it into STExport STExport expects you to type command lines ending each one with Return How to Xeq an STExport Task Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the Input file the Output file and the formatting options Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual STExport task If you entered the Exit command STExport finishes the current task then returns you to the operating system or the program that ran STExport SEXIT gt If you entered the Xeq command STExport finishes the current task then prompts you for another task This continues until you enter the Exit command If you wish to terminate STExport immediately perhaps you are confused enter Exit Abort This terminates the STExport program immediately without attempting any task Hardcoded File Names and ROBELLE Variable Some file names are hardcoded into STExport This section describes the hardcoded file names that STExport UX may need STExport will normally look for files in the opt robelle directory unless you set the ROBELLE variable Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Accessing STExport e 183 ROBELLE Variable Normally STExport looks files in the opt robelle d
177. en bytes in the short field with the first ten bytes of the long field but ignores the last five bytes of the long field If the expression on either side of the equal sign consisted of more than one field using the operator or involved any of the string functions Supper lower trim ltrim or rtrim Suprtool would have compared both sides of the equal sign by padding the shorter field with spaces It is only the case where you are directly comparing one byte type field to another that Suprtool uses the length of the shortest field for the comparison You cannot compare a byte field to a numeric type field If you have a byte field that consists entirely of numeric digits redefine the field as a display type and use the redefined field name in the If command Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Character Type Byte type fields can also be checked to see whether they contain only Alpha Numeric Alphanumeric or Special characters The complete field is compared against the specified character types Type Characters Alpha A Z a z 52 characters Numeric 0 9 10 characters Special anything else 194 characters including spaces punctuation Roman 8 letters binary junk Alphanumeric A Z a z 0 9 62 characters For the test result to be true all the characters in the field must be of the specified character type To test a substring use the Define command to define a subfield gt if field alpha gt if field lt gt
178. en frustrated when they exit Suprlink after specifying part of a task and Suprlink starts processing the task Use the Abort or Suspend options to exit Suprlink conveniently without executing the current task EXIT ABORT SUSPEND XEQ Default XEQ Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq Suprlink recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit Suspend Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates Suprlink The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Examples comment You began to specify a linkage stopped for comment coffee and decided to cancel the task comment upon your return input invoices coffee break exit abort cancel linkage and terminate Exit Suspend ES This feature is not currently available in Suprlink UX Exit Xeq EX To perform the current linkage task you can either use Xeq which leaves you inside Suprlink ready to define another task or Exit Xeq which leaves Suprlink when done with the task Exit Xeq is the default option i e specifying exit starts execution of the current task Examples opt robelle bin suprlink exit no input was specified End Of Program opt robelle bin suprlink input invoices link customer output invcust exit link and stop
179. ength 275 link key fields 262 Link option 133 linking files 243 list clears screen 125 List command 123 list device 127 List Char option 123 List Column Headings 127 List Date default 154 List Date option 126 List Decimal option 123 List Duplex option 125 List Heading option 127 List Hex option 123 List Leftjustnum option 124 List Noname option 124 List Norec option 124 List Noskip option 124 List Octal option 123 List Oneperline option 124 List Record option 128 List Rightjustnum option 124 List Standard option 126 List Time default 155 List Time option 126 List Title option 125 listing 20 listing formats 123 listing one per line 124 listing with subheadings 127 listing without field names 124 listing producing simple reports 126 listing suppressing blank lines 124 Listredo command 129 215 264 literals in the output file 80 Lock Set option 155 locking IMAGE 155 long expressions 110 Lotus 1 2 3 135 low values 98 lower case 89 104 LP device 127 MACS date format 116 mailing labels 22 manual for Suprlink 182 238 mapped file access in Suprlink 268 Mapped Set option 268 match pattern 285 maximum block size in Suprtool 281 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual maximum delimiter length 235 maximum heading length 235 maximum input block size 275 maximum input record length 235 275 maximum link block size 275 maximum link fields 275 maximum link files 275
180. entries in the Customer table that do not have a valid value for status gt open oracle demo reader input from a database gt select from customer read this table if status lt gt 10 20 30 40 the only valid values gt list print bad entries gt xeq Format You can override the defaults with a specification in the List command e g List Hex Char If the input source is not self describing and no Extract command is specified the default output format is Octal Char which also shows both input and output record numbers Decimal Places The List command formats numbers using the implied number of decimal places For example the following Suprtool commands format the unit cost with two decimal points We specify the Rightjustnum keyword because numbers with decimal points are hard to read if they are left justified gt item cost decimal 2 two implied decimal points gt list rightjustnum numbers right justified gt xeq with decimal points Listing Record Numbers The Norec keyword prevents the printing of the input and output record numbers The input record numbers are not printed if Output xxx Data is used and the file is sorted Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 123 Listing One Field per Line Suprtool normally attempts to list more than one field on every line of list output The Oneperline keyword causes every field to be shown on a different line Listing without Field N
181. entury included While Suprtool can convert your data it is up to you to change your programs Adager a third party program for changing Image database structures has the ability to change date fields Suprtool can convert data in Image databases flat files self describing files and KSAM files Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd The stddate function can convert six digit date formats to ccyymmdd But what if all the dates are not actually dates but some dates are filled with 9s as a flag to an application Consider this dataset with two date fields J2 items and in the date format yymmdd 48 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Database STORE DB GREEN D SALES Detail Set 5 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 1 M CUSTOMER DELIV DATE J2 9 PRODUCT NO Z8 13 M PRODUCT PRODUCT PRICE J2 21 PURCH_DATE J2 25 SALES QTY J1 29 SALES TAX J2 31 SALES TOTAL J2 35 Capacity 602 14 Entries 10 Highwater 10 Bytes 38 First we need to know and understand our data Are there any invalid dates If so does the value have some other logical meaning gt get d sales gt item deliv date date yymmdd gt item purch date date yymmdd gt if invalid deliv date or invalid purch date gt list gt xeq gt GET D SALES 9 gt OUT SNULL 0 CUST ACCOUNT 10010 DELIV DATE 999999 RODUCT NO 50513001 PRODUCT PRICE 19220 URCH DATE 999999 SALES QTY 2 ALES TAX 2691 SALES TOTAL
182. ere is no ACCESS statement but Quiz still writes one record to the output file Execute the resulting commands as a Suprtool usefile suprtool lt STCODE Year 2000 Solutions with Suprtool For this discussion we ll ignore the fact that the twenty first century really only started in 2001 Suprtool often has to process dates in both the twentieth and twenty first centuries If you include the century in your dates Suprtool should behave as most users expect If you do not include the century in your dates how Suprtool behaves will be dependent on your specific application and data What If Have Four Digit Years If your dates have four digit years Suprtool should work as expected Selection based on the today or date features will select dates in both the twentieth and twenty first centuries Dates that do not collate correctly e g mmddecyy will not be accepted by Suprtool s If command for relative selection e g lt gt or gt If 44 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual you have these date formats you can use the stddate function converts any date format to a ccyymmdd type date Suprtool as it has always done will continue to sort dates based on their numeric value and not on any implied date order In Suprtool 4 0 we introduced some new command parsing features that let you control how Suprtool parses the year of the date function You can either use two digit yea
183. ers Sak RRR n ERU eO ERO n eile Ue tete 39 Suprtool and Self Describing Files sss 39 Create an SD File from a Table sse 39 Create an SD File from a Data File esessssssseseeeeeneeenen nnns 39 SD Fales as Input uen citet eR EET ES Pe ted e eT e Du eade eei 40 Lasting SD Files eve hia fia ed RR egt a ed CORR es 40 Decimal Places and Date Formats ees 40 Restrictions of SD Files epe RR ete ede UP dei ege iie tesa 40 Suprtool and Sorting Files d tee di 41 Suprtool and Personal Computers ccccccecsseescessceeeceseceseceecseecaeeeseeeaeeeseseecerenseeeseeneeeaeenaes 41 Downloading to the PC sees eene enne nnns 41 Decimal Places edi top Me ERE D e eR apte etes 41 Spreadshirt od 41 Paradox Databases i 42 Suprtool and PowerHouse Applications ooonooninonooononoconnconcconcnn nono nonn nono ron ron ron ron n nro ener 42 Suprtool with Quiz QTP essere enne nennen rre 42 Step 1 Create a Subfile with Quiz sse 43 Step 2 Output Erase in Suprtool ssssssssssssseseeeeeeeeeeeeneenennes 43 Step 3 Report with Quiz seeen n nono nono rnnncnn enne enne enne 43 Using QTP to Create Subfiles sss enne 43 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Contents e iii iv e Index Creating Subfile with Script File 43 Quiz Generating Suprtool Commandis esses 44 Year 2000 Solutions with Suprtool
184. es all selected input records to the output file The Duplicate command determines what to do with duplicate output records Duplicate records can be discarded producing an output file without duplicates Alternatively you may be interested in seeing the duplicate records so you can create an output file consisting solely of the duplicate records When deciding whether an output record is a duplicate Suprtool either compares the keys only or the entire output record DUPLICATE NONE ONLY RECORD KEYS num COUNT TOTAL None The None option removes duplicate records from the output file Suprtool compares each output record with the previous output record If they are not the same the record is added to the output file This option corresponds to the former Nodup and Nodupkey options of the Output command gt key 1 4 gt duplicate none keys Input Output 1111 10 1111 10 2222 25 2222 25 2222 35 3333 48 3333 48 Only The Only option is the exact opposite of None Only selects all output records that would not be written by the None option When the Only option finds a record that duplicates a record already in the set it writes that duplicate to the output file Note that the first record is not written to the output file Here are two examples gt key 1 4 gt duplicate only keys Input Output Output 2222 35 2222 42 Record Suprtool has two methods for comparing output records Record and Keys The Re
185. es the byteposition sublength and type to the new field but it does not copy the subcount Define assumes that you want the first subfield gt def amount amt amt is 12J2 gt if amount gt 1000 amount is 1J2 and is the same as amt 1 Relative Example with Subcount Because Suprtool defaults the subcount to one you might want to specify an explicit subcount when giving a new name to an existing field gt def amount amt 12 amt is 12J2 same length and type gt 1f amount 5 gt 1000 amount is 12J2 we are selecting for May Relative Example with Subscript Use subscripts to define a new field that corresponds to a specific subfield gt def may amt 5 amt is 12J2 gt if may gt 1000 may is the fifth subfield Relative Example with Offset Many applications define subfields within a larger character field A common example is a part number where the first four digits are the warehouse location the second four digits are the bin number and the last four digits are a serially assigned number Use the offset parameter to define new fields that are relative to the start of the part number The file INVOICES is a self describing file gt in invoices part is 12 bytes gt def warehouse part 4 warehouse starts at part gt def bin part 5 4 bin is second four bytes gt def release part 9 4 release is the last four bytes gt if bin 100 use any field for selection Note that redefining the digits of a l
186. esult 000000 000012 1000000000 d high order 16 bits are no zero Result 035632 145000 10 d note negative value 2 s complement Result 177777 177766 In ASCII format up to four characters are printed in Hex Decimal and ASCII display format 2020 a Result 2020 32 32 20161 72145 a Result 2071 32 113 q 7465 116 101 te In binary format the high order 16 bits are examined If these bits are not zero they are printed as two groups of eight bits A one 1 means that the bit is on and a zero 0 means that the bit is off The low order 16 bits are always printed as two groups of eight bits 10 b high order 16 bits suppressed Result 2 00000000 00001010 10 b note negative value 2 s complement Result 2 11111111 11111111 2 11111111 11110110 1000000000 b high order 16 bits are non zero Result 2 00111011 10011010 2 11001010 00000000 Input Format The calculator supports different input formats for numbers Octal values are prefixed with a percent sign and hex values with a dollar sign An ASCII string of up to 4 characters is entered in quotes The result of the last calculation is referred to using 12 octal 12 or decimal 10 Result 10 0 12 0 octal input and octal display format Result 000012 10 Result 16 0 25177766 octal number that is really negative Result 10 0 abcd h Result 61626364 a use result of last calculation
187. etter to check for zero in the If expression before using it in division Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt if qty lt gt 0 to avoid division by zero gt extract average total qty Abs function Suprtool supports an abs function which returns the absolute value of a number For example if a field called Credit contains the value 547 83 the abs function returns 547 83 This function will work on a field or even on an expression such as gt def newcredit 1 4 double gt ext newcredit abs credit 100 1 07 This function will also work in the If command gt if Sabs credit 100 1 07 gt 500 00 Truncate function Suprtool supports a truncate function which returns the number to the left of a decimal place For example if the field stddev contains the value 547 83 the truncate function will return 547 Note that there is no rounding This function will work on fields and expressions For example gt def newdev 1 4 double gt ext newdev truncate stddev 100 1 07 This function will also work in the If command if truncate stddev 100 1 07 200 String Expressions You can combine byte type fields together and use the built in string functions to create new fields out of existing ones This can reduce the number of tasks required to provide a solution String expressions may involve the operator and Supper Slower trim ltrim or rtrim To extract a string expression use this
188. executed Then the C Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Running Suprtool under HP UX e 25 shell executes the cshrc file in your home directory also executed any time you invoke a new copy of bin csh If you use SAM to add new users the files etc d login and etc d cshrc are automatically copied to the home group of the new user If you want to make global changes to the commands executed at login time you should change these files etc csh login always executed at login time etc d login default login for new users etc d cshrc default cshrc for new users Setting Up a PATH for Suprtool You can invoke Suprtool with the command opt robelle bin suprtool If you just type suprtool to invoke Suprtool UX you must either add opt robelle bin to your PATH or copy opt robelle bin suprtool to a directory that is currently on your PATH Similarly the man pages for Suprtool are in opt robelleVvmanVmanl Vsuprtool 1 To make the man pages available to everyone you can either add opt robelle man to your MANPATH or you can copy the man pages to a directory that is currently on your MANPATH Bourne and Korn Shells See Configuring Different Shells above for a discussion on the files that are automatically executed by the Bourne and Korn shells The easiest way to change the two PATHs for all the users on your HP UX machine is to logon as root and add these two lines to the file etc profile after any existing PATH or MANPATH
189. f stddate close date lt stddate invoice date gt out badinvs link gt xeqg In this case all invoice date values with a yy portion between 20 and 99 will have a 19 for the century All invoice date values with a yy portion of less than 20 will have 20 for the date generated by the stddate function Invalid Dates A date must be valid before stddate can convert it to the ccyymmdd format Otherwise a value of 0 will be returned for any invalid dates An invalid date is a number in a date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on a calendar This includes dates selected by the invalid function We can eliminate the invalid dates from the above task by changing the If command slightly gt input sdfile gt set date cutoff 20 gt item invoice date date yymmdd gt item close date date mmddyyyy if not Sinvalid close date amp or not Sinvalid invoice date amp and Sstddate close date lt stddate invoice date gt out badinvs link Xeq In this example if either the close date or the invoice date are invalid then they will not be evaluated by the stddate function and will not be selected Although your requirements may be different you need to remember that invalid dates evaluated by the stddate function will return a 0 value Days Function Suprtool supports a days function which converts any supported date to a Julian Day number the number of days since 4713 BC This allows for Date ar
190. f fields to extract using the following Extract Field1 A Field4 This feature only works for self describing files If you specify a range Suprtool extracts all 4 of the field names between field1 and field4 inclusive gt in sales a self describing file gt ext product_no sales_qty gt out dsales gt xeqg 1s exactly the same as 84 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt in sales a self describing file gt ext product_no first field in the range gt ext product_price gt ext purch date gt ext sales qty last field in the range gt out dsales gt xeq Extracting a Range of Subscripted Fields Suprtool accepts a subscript on either field in a range You can even use this feature to extract a range from a single field For example if sales_amt is a 12J2 field gt in sales a self describing file gt ext sales amt 4 sales_ amt 6 gt out dsales gt xeq 1s equivalent to gt in sales a self describing file gt ext sales _amt 4 first subscripted field gt ext sales amt 5 intermediate subfield gt ext sales _amt 6 last subscripted field gt out dsales gt xeq Alternate Syntax for Extracting a Range Suprtool accepts a slash in place of the backslash to specify a range Use the slash with care because it is a valid character in field names For example gt extract a b would produce the error message Error Field A B does not exist To us
191. f you specify HTML Preformatted you should also select Columns Fixed Table Format Use HTML Table to create output in HTML table format STExport creates tables with a border between each column and row Tables make it easier to read tabular information but some older browers do not support tables If you specify HTML Table all byte type fields are left justified and all other fields are right justified If you use Heading Column or Fieldnames the column headings are specified with HTML table heading tags Most browsers highlight the column headings in some way such as bold text centered over the column Title All HTML documents must have a title By default STExport uses the title This 1s the Title You should specify your own title using the Title option Heading The heading appears before the column headings and data from your input file By default there is no heading Use the Heading option to specify your own heading Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 205 206 e STExport Commands Column Headings If you specify HTML Table use the Heading command to specify column headings for HTML output The Heading Fieldnames option will produce acceptable column headings but it is better to use Heading Column to specify a string for each of the fields in your input file Roman 8 Characters HP e3000 and HP 9000 computers use the Roman 8 character set Web pages must use the ISO 8859 1 character set Th
192. fect in Suprtool UX Hints SET HINTS ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Ifcheck SET IFCHECK ON OFF Initially ON With Set Ifcheck On the If command produces an error if any field used in the If command is not contained entirely within the input file record For compatibility reasons users may wish to disable this error checking by turning Set Ifcheck Off Ignore SET IGNORE ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX ItemAbbreviateDate SET ITEMABBREVIATEDATE ON OFF Initially ON Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual The specification of the Date format within the Item command by default expects the entire keyword For example for the date format of Calendar you would have to specify the entire token of Calendar If you Set ItemAbbreviateDate On you would only have to specify CAL for the Calendar date format Interactive SET INTERACTIVE ON OFF Initially depends If you run Suprtool from a session Set Interactive is On If you run Suprtool from a batch job or with Stdin or Stdlist re directed Set Interactive is Off When it is On Suprtool waits for answers to questions and continues processing even if there are errors When it is Off Suprtool aborts on any error assumes the correct answer to any question and generally acts as if there is not an intelligent being typing in the command Suprtool chooses the correct answer which allows the task to continue In most cases this is the
193. field gt extract keyfield gt dup only keys gt output dupfile gt xeq gt get dataset gt table dup table keyfield sorted dupfile gt 1f not lookup dup table keyfield gt output result gt xeq Report Only the Duplicates and Their Originals This performs the opposite function to the one outlined above It keeps only the duplicates and their originals Input Result 1111 a 2222 b 2222 b 2222 c 2222 Cc 2222 d 2222 d 3333 Once again you have to use two Suprtool tasks to accomplish this The first task creates an intermediate file Dupfile that contains the keys of the duplicate records The second task creates the output file Result that contains only duplicate files and their originals gt select from table gt sort keyfield gt extract keyfield gt dup only keys gt output dupfile link gt xeq gt select from table gt table dup_table keyfield sorted dupfile gt 1f lookup dup table keyfield gt output result gt xeqg Deleting Duplicate Data File Records The following tasks read the file Datafile and create two new files The file named result does not have duplicate records The other file named archive has only the duplicate records Task 1 Identify which records to delete Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 17 gt input datafile reclen 3 gt define key1 1 8 gt define key2 13 12 gt define rec 1 38 gt ext rec gt sort keyl
194. function is greater than 1999 and the date format is YYMMDD or YYMM and you are performing a relative operation e g lt lt gt or gt gt item enddate date yymmdd gt if enddate gt date 4 21st century date Error Cannot use a date beyond 1999 for this format Suprtool returns this error by default but you can override it with the following set command gt set date ifyy2000error off This tells Suprtool to allow the previously described relative operations and suppress the error message While you can override the error checking the behavior of today and date is not changed How Do Use Today and Date with yymmdd Dates If you need to have Suprtool select dates in YY MMDD format with Today or Date you need to use one of the following solutions 1 Change the date storage format to include the century in all datasets and data files so you can use the following item command item invoice date date CCYYMMDD 2 Use the stddate function that adds the century component to dates in a ccyymmdd format in a J2 container Also see Case 1 Converting a J2 Date from yymmdd to ccyymmdd on page 48 and Case 2 X6 yymmdd Data to X8 ccyymmdd on page 50 for more specific details on converting two digit year date formats into four digit year date formats Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 47 aammdd Date Format The aammdd date format was developed by James Over
195. i doses IE e ee 252 Calc l tor da 252 Control 252 Before Command B ida eec eH e E TU ST E ESTEE 254 Do Command DO eite ee E REO rove vue een E Tes 256 Exit Command E rire rete rt TOUCH E Feet e tes 257 Exit Abort EA irte aet rtt ita 257 Exit Suspend ES reati edi 257 Exit Xeq EX iecit aet rtt hee PORE ER Ee deg 257 Form Comimand E eir iere E UHR TRE Fee dt d 258 Help Command Li 260 Input Command T aeter GR ATE UI Here etd 261 Eink Corimands a VERE SER 262 Listredo Command EISEREDO eet rt epe recor rota eid 264 Output Command Ofc o rtt daa 265 Redo Command REDO 5 hehe eve cece emeret eei tees bash PER nes 266 Reset Command R sare rore a picos 267 Set Commands S eec A ERBEN EUR RE RENE eee eae 268 Midi a A 268 Re oia 268 MILII E 269 VD A ra 269 UseCommand Uli ricos 270 Venty Command V 5 iine ED PARERE reci 271 Xeq Command AX seca o tae 272 Example Suprlink Output 273 Example xen P puede dii oh a ee on alata sce oes 273 Limits Within Suprlink 275 Ma siege RR RU ede e eked nea cee 275 How to Contact Robelle 277 Robelle Solutions Technology Inc eene enne 277 B rope etcetera eq iei etm obi dame ee cre T E eee 2T France Bela cei e es 2T Sut E E 277 The Netherlands Belgium ixi rtf de 278 Nordic Countries oat tede tendu etd idees 278 Switzerland Austria id eode eese e ee ete dade
196. ical DBLLOG K2 36 double logical Entry Length 44 Blocking 1 B 00 00 Link Output Option These self describing files contain information about how the file is sorted Compound fields are handled correctly so the Form command shows compound fields just as you would see them in IMAGE The Item command in Suprtool identifies the date format of an item The Link output option saves the date format and any decimals as part of the field description 258 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual form datafile File datafile SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CHARACTER X5 1 Sort 1 gt gt REPEATINT 311 6 compound field DATE J2 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt DOLLAR P6 2 SS Entry Length 16 Blocking Notes If you do an datafile it should show another file with a sd extension This file contains a description of its own record structure this allows you to refer to the field names and Suprlink can compute where they occur in the record Formout File The Form command writes all output to the file Formout This file defaults to stdlist You can redirect this file to a line printer or a disc drive If you redirect the Formout file to a disc file Suprlink assumes a temporary file by default file formout dev 1p form custfile writes to line printer file formout dev disc form invfile writes to temporary file Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 259 He
197. ields 276 output file maximum record length 235 276 output file Suprlink 244 output filecode 151 output format 231 output limits with Count and Total 74 output record format 273 Output Append option 132 Output ASCII option 21 134 Output ASK option 134 Output Data option 133 216 265 Output Display option 134 output duplicate file 30 Output Erase option 132 Output Key option 133 Output Link option 133 Output Num option 133 Output Num Data option 133 Output Num Key option 133 Output Num Query option 134 Output PRN option 135 Output Query option 133 overpunches not used 98 P packed constants 81 packed fields maintaining the sign 89 packed decimal fields 67 packed decimal illegal digits 246 page headings in List 125 Paradox 42 parentheses 96 287 Parm 64 in Suprlink 241 path default for Suprtool 26 pattern matching 103 156 285 286 pausing for user 172 PC files 41 135 PCL option Set List 124 154 percent sign 282 288 performance of STExport 186 294 e Index Perl script 211 Permanent redo 158 220 268 Persistent redo 158 220 268 personal computers 41 PHdate option Item command 116 positive value 89 PowerHouse 42 PowerHouse applications 42 PowerHouse dates 116 PowerHouse subfiles 43 247 265 preformatted HTML option 206 Printdoc 182 238 Printer Command Language 154 printer attached to terminal 128 printing manuals 182 238 printing reports 21 PRN option 41 135
198. ify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit e Any printing characters replace the ones above e Control D plus spaces deletes columns above e Control B puts you into insert before mode e Control A starts appending characters at the end of line e Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end e Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column e Control G recovers the original line e Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 191 Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 192 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Columns Command C Specify whether fields are formatted into variable or fixed length columns COLUMNS FIXED NONE Default None Most PC software expects imported data to be in variable length columns Other database systems prefer data to be aligned in fixed columns Use the Columns command to specify whether the output file has variable or fixed length columns Output File The Columns command also affects the format of the Output file If you specify Columns None the output file will have variable length records If you specify Columns Fixed the output file will have fixed length
199. ike this File SALESO6 DATA ACCOUNT SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset CUST ACCOUNT Z8 T DELIV DATE X6 9 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt PRODUCT NO Z8 15 PRODUCT PRICE 12 23 PURCH DATE X6 27 lt lt YYMMDD gt gt SALES QTY 11 33 SALES TAX I2 35 SALES TOTAL I2 39 Limit 115 EOF 15 Entry Length 42 Blocking 97 You then add the century to these fields as described above Year 2000 Testing Testing software to see 1f it works in the year 2000 and beyond is difficult Currently there are three software tools that change the software date for specific sessions or applications making it easier to test software for year 2000 compliance The four tools are 1 Hourglass from Allegro Consultants Inc 2 Time Machine from SolutionSoft Systems Inc 3 Setdate from the HP Jazz machine on the Web 4 TimeWarp 3000 from Omnisolutions All versions of Suprtool work with Hourglass but versions previous to 4 0 13 did not work with Time Machine Setdate or TimeWarp This version of Suprtool now works with all these tools Note that this change only applies to non expiring versions of Suprtool Expiring versions of Suprtool such as trials pre releases and products obtained through VARs do not work with Time Machine or Setdate Performance Issues HP UX sites use Suprtool because it provides access to their data many times faster than they are used to Suprtool also enables them to perform time consuming DP functions with only
200. ile New Files The filename is the name of a new disc file to be built by Suprtool Output xxx If Suprtool cannot Save the new file because of a duplicate file name you may purge the old file or give the new file a different name If Suprtool is running in batch mode it renames the new file as Outputrn where nn is the lowest number between 00 and 20 that makes a valid new file name The Outputzn file is built in the same directory as the duplicate output file and not in your current directory Existing Files The filename is the name of an old disc file to erase Output xxx erase or to append to Output xxx append Output xxx erase does not purge the existing file it simply overwrites the contents of the file Stdlist Specify output to stdlist by a single asterisk Output Use this filename with the ASCII option for a quick listing of a file or database table Format Options The format and length of the output records is determined by which of the following format keywords is selected Keyword s Format DATA Default KEY Sort keys only NUM J2 record numbers only NUM KEY J2 record numbers plus sort keys NUM DATA J2 record numbers plus data record QUERY Self describing file LINK New format self describing file NUM QUERY Query numbers format ASK COGELOG ASK select file ASCII Convert numeric to ASCII DISPLAY Convert numeric to display zoned decimal PRN Personal computer format NOLF Do not write out Lin
201. ile only the first 16 characters are used definition can be in two different forms absolute or relative Absolute Definitions DEFINE field byteposition sublen type subcount Default type BYTE subcount 1 The byteposition is a positive integer giving the byte index where the field starts The first byte is always number 1 not 0 The sublen is the number of bytes in the field When the subcount is 1 default the sublen is the total number of bytes in the field When you specify a subcount the sublen is the byte length of each subfield See Data Types below for the definition of type gt input uxfile r 40 lf input from a disc file gt def qty 14 4 double double integer PIC S9 9 COMP gt def name 5 6 character string of 6 bytes gt sort name sort using the field name gt total qty total all the values of the field QTY gt exit Relative Definitions DEFINE field fieldname subscript offset Lsublen type subcount Default sublen type same as fieldname The fieldname is a column from a table specified in Select or a field from a self describing file or another Defined field Relative definitions are similar to COBOL s Redefine verb The sublen and type are optional They default to the total byte length and type of the fieldname The subscript parameter is an optional sub item index for arrays such as IMAGE compound items like 532 or 4X20 The first sub item is number 1 and if no
202. ile or not For details please see the Output Commands for both Suprtool and STExport Duplicate Output Files If the output file already exists and you haven t requested the Erase or Append option Suprtool has to decide what to do This is how Suprtool UX handles duplicate output files 1 InSuprtool UX the duplicate output file processing takes place at the beginning of a task in Suprtool MPE it occurs at the end 2 IfSuprtool UX is in batch it purges any existing file with the same file name Suprtool MPE chooses a new output file name of the form OutputNN If the Suprtool UX task 1s on line it prompts the user to purge the file 3 When Suprtool UX purges a data file it always deletes any associated sd file even if the output option is not Query or Link Classic Reals Suprtool UX does not support Classic real numbers real or long If you are porting data files from MPE to HP UX you should first convert any Classic floating point 30 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual numbers to their IEEE floating point equivalents You can do this by using the Extract command on Suprtool MPE run suprtool pub robelle gt base sample gt get customer gt define ieee credit rating 1 4 ieee gt extract cust no gt extract name first extract name last gt extract ieee credit rating credit rating gt out mpefile gt xeq The Classic and IEEE floating point formats are not identi
203. ill change any item command reference to phdate to mean phdate8 for assistance in converting to the newer phdate format found in PowerHouse version 8 19 and higher The set command gt set date MapToPhdate8 on changes only the reference to phdate8 in the Item command It does not change references that already exist in self describing files nor does it change the data With this setting enabled any Item command reference such as gt item mydate date phdate will actually mean phdate8 Defer SET DEFER ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX DumpOnError SET DUMPONERROR ON OFF Initially ON Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 149 150 e Suprtool Commands With DUMPONERROR Suprtool attempts to produce a formatted listing of records that cause a database error The information printed may include the input record number the output record number and the data values of the record Suprtool uses current options of the List command to print the data values If no List command is specified Suprtool uses the List defaults Eofread SET EOFREAD ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Filecode SET FILECODE number This command is not supported in Suprtool UX Filename SET FILENAME Help Link Edit Hint Export Outcount filename See Installing Suprtool on page 5 for a complete description of this Set command Firstrec SET FIRSTREC 0 1 This command has no ef
204. imiter the text field delimiters and the column specifications In this case the control file expsales ctl looks like this Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Example of STExport Output e 233 load data Specify input datafile dat extension is assumed Infile expsales Name of the table where the data is loaded Append new rows to existing data if any Append Into Table sales details Fields are separated by commas Fields Terminated By Character fields are enclosed in double quotes Optionally Enclosed By Specify the column names as they appear n in the data records For a Date type column specify the input format Example column Date YYYYMMDD Eis CUST ACCOUNT DELIV DATE date YYYYMMDD PRODUCT NO PRODUCT PRICE PURCH DATE date YYYYMMDD SALES QTY SALES TAX SALES TOTAL In its simplest form SQL Loader is invoked with the following command sqlload userid username password control expsales ctl log expsales log The username and password are valid Oracle connect information SQL Loader reads the load specifications from the file specified in the control keyword It writes operation information and statistics to the file specified in the Jog keyword It also creates a number of files to report data problems etc SQL Loader has many other options to control the load task Refer to the appropriate Oracle documentation for details
205. in the sd file See the LINK option for a better self describing file format The QUERY option produces a file that is similar to the file produced by the SAVE command in the MPE QUERY program LINK The QUERY output option has some major drawbacks Compound fields are not handled date and decimal point information is not saved and sort information is not part of the file description The LINK option produces a self describing file that solves all these problems This option is the recommended way to generate files for Suprlink We are also encouraging third party software vendors to accept this format To convert a self describing file back into a non SD file simply purge the corresponding sd file NUM QUERY Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 133 NUM QUERY creates output records in QUERY numbers format This is an undocumented feature of QUERY that is used by some application packages Records in a numbers file contain the dataset number and the record number in ASCII format A QUERY numbers file is usually used as input to a report program Substituting Suprtool for QUERY in these batch jobs should improve the speed ASK ASK is a QUERY replacement tool from COGELOG ASK creates output records in ASK select file format Suprtool can be used to scan and select records quickly from a dataset ASK Version C can produce reports from the resulting select file This option cannot be used with any other Output
206. ination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL 2 Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples gt 11 fd sd is not spelled right fd not found gt Before redo most recent command 11 fd last command is printed S you enter changes to it 11 sd the edited command is shown you press Return gt listredo 10 gt before 5 redo 5th command in stack gt bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th gt b 1s redo last ls command gt b ls redo Is command gt b redo last containing gt before 2 gt before 5 2 redo command before previous redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the modify operators are the regular Control Codes used in Qedit Characters Action Any printing characters replace the ones above This assumes your EOF key has been altered from the HP UX default Control D plus spaces deletes columns above Control B Control A puts you int
207. indicate that this method is often significantly faster than the official IMAGE method of chasing down chains and hash synonyms To understand what Suprlink does think of the process of writing a report Your report program written in COBOL RPG PowerHouse or some other language hunts all over the database with DBFIND and DBGET to collect your data It would be faster if the report program could just read a sorted disc file with a big record containing all the data necessary for the report and this is Suprlink s function Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the desired records of the sales detail dataset and put them in a disc file Then Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the customer master dataset and write them to a second disc file If Suprtool sorts both files by customer Suprlink can link them together producing a third file whose composite record consists of the related fields from both files This file is just what we need to feed into the report program For example a sales report program might read a disc file whose records consist of sales transactions plus customer information This file has been sorted by customer number and date If there are several sales for the same customer the customer information is just repeated in each record The report program reads the records checks for level breaks and formats and prints the records Suprtool comes with User Manuals and a Change Notice You may have received
208. ing the input for the next task Copying Files Copying One File Use the Input command to specify a data file gt input filel reclen 80 nolf gt output result gt xeq The Output command creates the file called result which is a copy of the input file Appending to a File To append to an existing file use the Append option in the Output command gt input file2 reclen 80 nolf gt output result append gt xeq Fields in Data Files What is a Self Describing File A self describing SD file is actually a pair of files one with data and the other with field information These files have the advantage of behaving like data files which can provide field information to Suprtool without you having to Define all the fields The Input command is also simpler because there is no need for either the Reclen or the LF parameters Creating an SD File To create an SD file use the Link option in the Output command gt select from sales gt output result link gt xeq Now the data file result has the same field names as the Sales table Suprtool can read this data file and know about the fields automatically gt input result sif sales total 20000 and product price 5000 gt output custlist gt xeq Define Fields in a Data File A regular data file does not have any field information associated with it If you need to work with the fields in a data file you need to tell Suprtool about the fields using 8 e
209. ink Commands e 255 Do Command DO The Do command will repeat without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples listredo do do previous command again do 39 do command line 39 again do 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again do link do most recent Link command do grep do last starting with grep do grep job do last grep job command do job do last containing job do 2 do command before previous do 7 5 do by relative line number do 5 do command lines 5 to last Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 256 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Exit Command E Exit Suprlink in one of three ways By default perform the current linkage task if any then leave Suprlink Users are oft
210. irectory If you move STExport you must set the ROBELLE variable For example if you move STExport to the users robelle directory you must set ROBELLE variable in the following manner export ROBELLE users robelle Using STExport in Batch 184 e Accessing STExport You normally run STExport as an on line session You type STExport commands on your terminal and STExport prints responses on your terminal If you redirect stdin or stdlist STExport assumes that it is in batch STExport in batch is almost identical to STExport on line except for answering questions When STExport asks a question in batch no one is there to answer it Therefore STExport does not expect an answer from stdin STExport assumes that you want your batch task to complete so it always selects the option that will complete the command successfully This is normally a YES answer as in yes purge the file STExport prints the question on stdlist as well as the answer that it has selected for you Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to STExport Importing Data Input File Data Types Use STExport to produce a formatted output file that can be used to import data into databases and applications Other databases have different requirements for the format of input data You will have to experiment with the various STExport formatting options to find a format that your particular database tool accepts STExport reads one input file and formats ea
211. is used to place a constant in each record of the output file In this case the field defines the type and length that the value occupies The value portion must match the type of the field String values will be extended with blanks to fill the entire field If the input data does not have a field of the correct size and type you can create one using the Define command gt ext account key value gt ext rating 0 place the value 0 in the rating field gt output out2 The total number of bytes that you can extract for all constants is 5 100 bytes for MPE iX and HP UX and 1 275 bytes for MPE V Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Packed and Display Constants When extracting non negative packed and display constants Suprtool extracts them as unsigned unless you use a leading plus sign For the value zero you can use a leading plus or minus sign to get a positive or negative 0 gt def field 1 6 packed gt ext field 1 unsigned 1 gt ext field 1 signed 1 gt ext field 0 positive 0 gt ext field 0 unsigned 0 gt ext field 0 negative 0 Decimal Places If a field has implied decimal places Suprtool scales the input values according to the number of decimal places For example gt item tax decimal 2 two implied decimal pts gt item total decimal 2 same gt extract tax 1 02 specified decimal pts gt extract total 100 value stored as 10000 gt output out3 Blank Fill If you
212. istent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message set redo myredo The redo file is already in use Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation Suprlink continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue working as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called Myredo for your Suprlink commands If you exit Suprlink then run Qedit and supply the same Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your Suprlink commands Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF STATISTICS causes Suprlink to print statistics at the end of each task Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Initially OFF Setting Variable Substitution causes Suprlink to resolve any CI variables in a command before processing Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 269 Use Command U Specifies a file of commands to be executed as a group USE Q filename Examples A usefile makes your task easier by allowing common commands to be specified once in an external file For example the following usefile contains all the commands for creating the invcust file use usecust input invoices sorted by custnum
213. ith at least one digit to the left of the decimal place even if it is zero Use Zero Leading to force all numeric fields to be zero filled In this case Sign Leading and Sign Floating both cause the sign to appear in the same place in front of the leading zeros Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 229 Example of STExport Output Example In this example we show you how to use Suprtool and STExport We start with an SQL table identify the fields that are dates and the number of implied decimal places in other fields We then produce a self describing file using the dataset as input and show the default output from STExport The Form command displays the fields in a dataset or a self describing file For files this information is stored in a file with an extension of sd and is not accessible with other tools Use the Form command to obtain the record layout of STExport input files Sales File We will be formatting data from an Oracle table that has the following form gt op oracle custdb dbpass gt sel from sales gt form Column Name Oracle Type Suprtool Type CUSTOMERNUM Number Double DELIVERYDATE Number Double PRODUCTNUM Number Double PRICE Number Packed PURCHASEDAT Number Double SALESQTY Number Packed SALESTAX Number Packed SALESTOTAL Number Packed Dates and Decimal Places We use Suprtool s Define and Item commands to identify which of the fields in the sales table are da
214. ithmetic in which you can calculate the difference between two dates even if they have dissimilar formats For example you could find all orders that were not shipped within 30 days of being ordered Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 107 108 e Suprtool Commands gt form ordfile File ORDFILE SALES MFG SD Version B 00 00 Entry Offset ORDER DATE X8 1 SHIP DATE X8 9 ORDER NUMBER X6 17 lt lt CCYYMMDD gt gt lt lt MMDDYYYY gt gt Limit 10000 EOF 15 Entry Length 22 Blocking 16 gt in ordfile gt 1f days SHIP DATE days ORDER DATE gt 30 gt list gt xeq Invalid Dates As with the stddate function if a date is not a valid date then the result of the days function will be zero In the example above if the order has not yet been shipped then the SHIP DATE will likely be blank or zero or some other special value Days SHIP DATE will be zero and the resulting calculation will be a negative number Notes on Relative Dates The date and today functions always generate a constant from the date just as if you had typed it For example when run on February 13 2001 the follwing task gt item field date yymmdd gt 1f field gt today is the same as gt if field gt 010213 Suprtool normally does no date conversion of the actual dates Dates that do not start with the year do not collate correctly so Suprtool does not allow relative comparisons with them lt lt
215. jobs that require no operator input For example to select all of the transactions for last month you would use Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 105 106 e Suprtool Commands gt item trans date date phdate gt if trans date gt date 1 first and trans date lt date 1 last Month End Suprtool is always expecting a valid date Suppose that you have a month end job that contains the following If command gt if field date 1 When you run the job on May 31 2000 if Suprtool were to use the literal interpretation of date 1 it would use the date April 31 2000 In fact there is no such date April has only 30 days Whenever you specify for the day and the day is greater than the last day of the month you specified Suprtool uses the actual last day of the month instead of the current day of the month In our example Suprtool would use April 30 2000 Suprtool will take leap years into account when calculating the last day of February Today s Date To select records based on today s date use the following gt 1f field today today s date gt if field today 1 yesterday s date gt if field Stoday 1 tomorrow s date Use the Item command to qualify the field as a date The today function accepts one optional argument which is the number of days before or after today The maximum number of days in either direction is 9999 yymmdd and Beyond 1999 B
216. k This value allows the user to turn off Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 155 156 e Suprtool Commands progress messages when reading smaller files The default value is 50000 records To always print progress messages just set the minimum value to 0 Suprtool does not produce any progress messages under the following conditions 1 Set Progress is zero 2 Output is to stdlist via the Output or List commands 3 The input source is an SQL database 4 The number of records from the input source is less than the minimum value Suprtool checks whether or not to print a progress message at the end of each buffer Consequently not all progress increments are reported for small files or datasets Suprtool reports the phase that it is in whether input phase sort phase output phase or combined input output phase not sort The content of the progress messages is as follows e Percentage complete e Phase and the total number of records processed e Delta Sec Min the time elapsed from the previous message e Wall Sec Min the total elapsed time e CPU Sec the total CPU Seconds at this point When using the record selection feature of the Input command Suprtool cannot be absolutely certain of the total number of records Therefore the percentage calculation is estimated Prompt SET PROMPT character Initially gt PROMPT tells Suprtool which character to use for prompting Any special character
217. king if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task Many HP UX sites use Control C as the interrupt key instead of Control Y Use the HP UX stty command to display your intr setting 190 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL 2 Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples 11 fd sd is not spelled right fd not found Before redo most recent command 11 fd last command is printed S you enter changes to it 11 sd the edited command is shown you press Return Slistredo 10 Sbefore 5 redo 5th command in stack bef 8 10 redo 8th through 10th b 1s redo last ls command b ls redo Is command Sb redo last containing before 2 redo command before previous Sbefore 5 2 redo by relative lines Modify Operators If you wish to change any characters within the line the mod
218. ks you would have to pad the field with zeros so that Suprtool can manipulate the field as a display field Restrictions You can only use one expression in each Extract command and the expression must be the last item If you want to extract several expressions or more fields after an expression you need to use several Extract commands Incorrect gt extract name i sales tips c cost dept Correct gt extract name i sales commission gt extract c cost gt extract dept Extracting Bits The Extract command can be used to define individual bits from one data item as separate fields order shipped 1 2 int order paid 1 2 int order shipped status field 0 1 order paid status field 1 1 This makes it easier to check the status of certain bits within a given field EBCDIC Conversions Use the etoa or atoe functions to convert specific fields from EBCDIC to ASCII or vice versa Each of these functions accepts a single parameter that 1s a byte type field Extract SETOA char field Extract ATOE char field There are several restrictions on the etoa and atoe functions e They do not work with either the ASCII or PRN output options Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Notes You cannot extract an EBCDIC constant The following example would produce an error message gt extract Setoa char field abcdef You cannot extract a range of fields using etoa or atoe The Extract command is valid only wi
219. ks more natural which usually means you will make fewer mistakes gt item cost decimal 2 gt if cost 80 59 decimal places included Numeric Conversion The If command can compare two numeric fields to each other not just one field to a constant All relation operators are supported lt lt lt gt gt and gt However you cannot compare a byte field to a numeric type field Suprtool usually converts the field on the left side of a relational operator to floating point Then the floating point number is converted into the type of the field on the right side of a relational operator and the comparison is done The exceptions to this tule are integer to double packed to packed and display to display comparisons which use a direct comparison algorithm Truncation errors can occur when Suprtool converts from one field type to floating point See also Accuracy and Numeric Truncation Arithmetic Expressions You can specify arithmetic expressions for any numeric data type in the If command Arithmetic expressions involve the operators and mod The Mod operator returns the remainder between a dividend and a divisor Arithmetic expressions cannot start with a numeric constant e g if 2 a 10 is invalid Arithmetic is not allowed on byte type fields If you have a byte type field that consists entirely of numeric digits redefine the field as display type and use the redefined field name in the If command
220. l In examples there is an implied carriage return at the end of each line Software Updates News Memos As HP continues to release new versions of MPE and HP UX you might be wondering how all these operating system changes affect tools such as Suprtool This is just one reason to have our software support This service entitles you to many benefits including regular updates of Suprtool Each release includes new features as well as providing support for a changing HP environment If you are a second site within a large organization you can either pay for your own support or get support and updates from your internal central site Do you receive a copy of What s Up DOCumentation our regular news memo about Robelle MPE and HP UX We distribute our news memos only to sites with current service Your copy may be going to your corporate headquarters New in Version 4 5 4 e Welcome to Suprtool e Support for well formed XML in STExport e Commands entered in a If Read task were logged to the redo file in error e Suprtool STExport and Suprlink can now have warnings turned off when run from batch with the set warnings off command e Suprtool now handles extracts of a constant on a char type field properly e A warning message has been added in the case where fields defined as non standard integers will be treated as strings e The error message that prints when the expression specified cannot be coerced converted into
221. l invoices gt if amount gt 200000 over 2 000 00 gt sort custnum sort and link key again gt output invoices link remember the link option gt exit If we specify the cust file as input the Output file will only contain one invoice per customer Because we want to produce a report of all the selected invoices we specify 1t as the input file input invoices driving input file custnum is the key link customer combined with customers output invcust produces the file we want exit Each record of the invcust file will have both the invoice information and the customer information for each invoice of the Input file i e one record per invoice What happens if there is no customer record for a specific invoice In this case the invoice record does not appear in the Output file To force Suprlink to include these records use the optional keyword on the Link command input invoices sorted by custnum link customer optional don t exclude invoices if output invcust the customer information exit is missing Performance Considerations Select only the records you need unless the time to load a table of desired key values plus the time needed to do lookup for each record is longer than the time to extract and sort the entire dataset Use the Sorted and Hold options of the Table command when loading a table Because of the time needed to search a large table it is often faster to extr
222. ld existing file if the Append or Erase option has been specified Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 137 Put Command P The Put command is not available in Suprtool UX 138 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Q Command Q Prints a message on stdlist Q string Default print a blank line The string of up to 253 characters is printed on stdlist The string is truncated to the record width of stdlist The string must be embedded in quotes Either single quotes or double quotes are permitted The quotes are not printed on stdlist Examples The Q command is often combined with the Userpause command The example is a usefile that provides an explanation of how long a task takes gt 4 gt q We will select all transactions over 10 000 Since gt q there are many transactions this task will take gt q some time usually more than fifteen minutes gt 4 gt userpause Press any key when you are ready to start Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 139 Redo Command REDO 140 e Suprtool Commands Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command Comma is short for REDO The Redo command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered seque
223. le Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt extract city lower case Slower city gt extract city state lower city state gt extract desc desc 1 Slower desc 2 Trimming Spaces Using Trim LTrim RTrim Use one of three built in string functions to remove leading or trailing spaces from a string expression The three functions are Trim Remove leading and trailing spaces from the string expression LTrim Remove leading spaces RTrim Remove trailing spaces Data Conversion You can convert numeric fields from one data type to another Any nonbyte field type is considered to be numeric You can also lengthen or truncate character fields The general syntax for doing conversions is EXTRACT target field source field Target Field The target field determines the byte length data type and repeat count for the expression The expression is extracted during the output phase and cannot be used by other Suprtool commands that accept fields e g Sort To avoid confusion it is best to define a new field name for the target field instead of using an existing field name The following example shows defining a new target field as a double integer The Extract command target field then takes the definition from the Define command and extracts data from the source field display field in oldfile gt def salesqty 1 4 double ext order no order date gt ext salesqty display field Packed and Dis
224. le it is possible to load tables as large as 15 megabytes we suggest that you make sure that there is enough real memory to hold the table Set Limits Tablesize restricts the maximum size of tables so you can limit the total amount of table space to a specified number of megabytes Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 163 Total Command T Totals specified fields in the selected input records TOTAL field subscript decimal places Default subscript first sub item decimal places 0 Parameters Each totaled field must be a database column name or a field from a self describing file or a Defined field Total specifies that a total value for the field be printed after processing the records There does not have to be any output file i e it can be null for a total to be printed There can be up to 15 totaled fields The subscript 1s valid only for compound items If no subscript is specified the first field of a compound item is totaled The decimal places provides a decimal point when the final total is printed If the Item command specifies the number of implied decimal places the decimal places parameter 1s not needed The values within each field are assumed to be aligned File Options Writing totals to a file is not supported in Suprtool UX Examples The first example prints the totals for a single field gt in filel r 40 nolf gt def amount 1 5 gt total amount gt xeq Totals TUE
225. link customer combined with customers output invcust produces the file we want exit Suprlink prints the lines in the usefile including the comment lines This allows you to include instructions and reminders in the usefile In the example above there were no commands for the user to enter Notes Usefiles cannot be nested in Suprlink The usefile may be any unnumbered text file or a Qedit workfile but no more than 256 characters per record will be processed By default Suprlink displays the commands in a usefile as they are executed Suprlink can execute commands quietly using the Useq command For compatibility with Qedit Useq can be abbreviated to UQ 270 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Verify Command V Print the definition of the current linkage task VERIFY Verify prints the current Input Link and Output files in other words it is a Verify All command Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 271 Xeq Command X Perform the current linkage task XEQ Xeq checks that you have specified an input file and at least one Link file Then it performs the linkage and creates the output file Finally it closes the files and resets ready for you to specify another linkage task or Exit If you also wish to leave Suprlink after completing the linkage task use Exit instead of Xeq 272 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Example Suprlink Output Example
226. ll script and capture returned string return string users orders scripts sx orders ksh Return string can be OK html file name or failed log file name Split function separates return string s 2 components status word html file split return string f status word eq failed including the logfile i H If the script failed print an HTML error page error page lse e If the script is successful display the HTML file created by STExport This URL automatically looks for the configured directory under htmluser s home directory print Location http ww hp com htmluser html_file Ann Format an error message for the user sub error page print Content type text html n n print lt HTML gt n print lt HEAD gt n print lt TITLE gt Comment Form Error lt TITLE gt n print lt HEAD gt n print lt BODY gt n print Hl Comment Form Error lt H1 gt n print lt HR gt n print lt P gt n print Form input was not proccessed Please mail your print remarks to lt b gt webmaster lt b gt print lt P gt n print lt b gt Content of the Suprtool STExport logfile lt b gt print lt pre gt print cat html file n print lt pre gt n print lt BODY gt n print lt HTML gt n CGI Script The CGI script can be invoked explicitly when you type the URL in your browser
227. lly contains a line like stty erase H kill U intr C eof D swtch z To change both the end of file and interrupt characters you should change the intr and eof control keys as follows stty erase H kill U intr Y eof E swtch z Note that many programs require an end of file signal Many introductory books on UNIX assume that Control D signifies the end of file Once you have changed the control character remember to use Control E for the end of file at least Control E is easy to remember since end of file starts with the letter E Suprmgr Configuration Files When you run Suprtool it automatically uses this configuration files if it exists opt robelle suprmgr The system manager usually creates opt robelle suprmgr and puts Suprtool commands in it to set Suprtool options To check the options for your site examine this configuration file On Line vs Batch Access You normally run Suprtool as an on line session You type Suprtool commands on your terminal and Suprtool prints responses on your terminal If you redirect stdin or stdout Suprtool assumes that it is in batch Suprtool in batch is almost identical to Suprtool on line except for answering questions When Suprtool asks a question in batch it does not expect an answer from stdin because no one is there to answer Suprtool assumes that you want your batch task to complete so it always selects the option that completes the command
228. lowing address Robelle Solutions Technology Inc Suite 201 15399 102A Ave Surrey B C Canada V3R 7K1 Phone 604 582 1700 Fax 604 582 1799 E mail solutions robelle com E mail support robelle com Web www robelle com Europe France Belgium ARES Attention Renee Belegou Phone 33 1 69 86 60 24 Fax 33 169 28 19 18 E mail rbelegou ares fr Web www ares fr Germany SWS SoftWare Systems GmbH Attention Renate Pfund Phone 49 7621 689 190 Fax 41 31 981 32 63 E mail info sws ch Web www sws ch Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual How to Contact Robelle e 277 Africa 278 e How to Contact Robelle The Netherlands Belgium Samco Automation b v Attention Marius Schild Phone 31 13 5215655 Fax 31 13 5288815 E mail marius samco nl Web www samco nl Nordic Countries Ole Nord AB Attention Ole Nord Phone 46 8 623 00 50 Fax 46 8 35 42 45 E mail info olenordab se Web www olenordab se Switzerland Austria SWS SoftWare Systems AG Attention Renate Pfund Phone 41 31 981 06 66 Fax 41 31 981 32 63 E mail info sws ch Web www sws ch United Kingdom Ireland Robelle Consulting Attention Clive Oldfield Phone 44 20 7473 2558 Fax 44 20 7473 2558 E mail robelle_oldfield email msn com South Africa Synergy Computing Pty Ltd Attention Paul Howard Phone 27 21 685 7809 Fax 27 21 685 7927 E mail synergy synergy co za Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Asia
229. lp Command H 260 e Suprlink Commands Show what commands and options are available in Suprlink HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a specific Suprlink command If you know the structure of the help file you can specify one of the keywords under the command name help link help on the Link command help link notes notes section of the Link command Keyword Help If we cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file we assume that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You will see a short introduction to Suprlink and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword help before example example section of Before command Quick Help HQ HQ asks Suprlink to look under the keyword QUICK in the help file QUICK contains the text from the Suprlink Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command hq input quick description of Input hq commands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file opt robelle help suprlink The Help command uses the Qhelp subsystem from the QLIB For help in help type whe
230. ltiple columns makes it easier to align column headings when using the Standard keyword If you specify the Heading keyword without the Title keyword a default title is produced gt select from customer gt extract account extract firstname extract lastname gt extract rating gt extract status gt sort lastname gt sort firstname gt list standard title Customer List read this table 8j X10 X16 U2j X2 heading Account First and Last Names Credit gt xeq List Device Status By default the List command lists lines to stdlist There are several methods that you can use to redirect the output to a specific logical device or to a disc file You can also redirect output to an attached printer Device LP Use the LP option to send listings to the Ip command The LP option assumes the list device is 80 columns wide Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 127 128 e Suprtool Commands User Specified Device Use the Device option to specify a specific logical device for the listing The device name must appear after the Device option The device name is case sensitive so that the device SHIPPING is different than the device shipping The Device option assumes that the list device is 80 columns wide gt list device LP same as List LP gt list device serialp send to device serialp Listing to Attached Printer If you wish to list to a
231. man of HP for use in the MM3000 product This format is only available for the X6 data type The aammdd format is similar to yymmdd but the year portion of the date use a combination of numbers and letters of the alphabet to represent years beyond 1999 By substituting a letter of the alphabet in the first position of the year we can extend a six digit date and also ensure that the dates collate correctly For example YY of AAMMDD CCYY A0 A9 2000 2009 B0 B9 2010 2019 C0 C9 2020 2029 Because letters are greater than numbers in the collating sequence we can ensure that aammdd dates beyond 1999 will order correctly Suprtool also supports other date formats with this two digit year representation These formats are aamm mmddaa and ddmmaa Invalid Dates The If command has a invalid function to find all invalid dates for a particular field An invalid date is any number of a particular date format whose date equivalent cannot be found on the calendar For example a date with a month of 99 will be considered invalid gt base store demo Database password get d sales gt item deliv date date ccyymmdd if Sinvalid deliv date out baddates link gt xeq Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits Suprtool is capable of converting dates from one format to another using a variety of Suprtool features We will show how Suprtool can convert common dates without the century to those that have the c
232. mance 144 Select Long commands 144 selecting multiple values 97 selecting records 95 selection by date 105 selection logic 244 selection using arithmetic 100 self describing files field name limit 39 self describing file format 231 273 self describing files 37 39 74 133 244 semicolon means multiple commands 287 separator dates 194 session 41 session mode 281 Set Allbase 148 Set Arithmetic 148 Set Blocksize 148 Set Buffer 148 Set command STExport 220 Set command Suprlink 268 Set command Suprtool 145 Set Date 150 151 Set Date Cutoff 45 149 Set Date Forcecentury 45 150 Set Defer 151 Set Dumponerror 151 Set Eofread 151 Set Filecode 151 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Set Firstrec 152 Set Hints 152 Set Ifcheck 152 Set Ignore 152 179 Set Itemabbreviatedate 152 Set Labelledtaperewind 153 Set Limits 153 Set List PCL 124 154 Set Lock 155 Set Mapped 268 Set NLS 156 Set Openmode 156 Set Progress 157 Set Prompt Suprtool 158 Set Sortfast 159 160 Set Statistics STExport 221 Set Statistics Suprlink 269 Set Statistics Suprtool 159 Set Varsub STExport 269 shell commands 28 shell script 209 Sign command 223 signed function 89 single quotes 217 slash 288 Software Research Northwest 117 software updates 4 son process 77 199 257 sort break totals 168 Sort command 161 sort information not retained 74 sort keys 244 Sortfast Set option 159 160 sorting file
233. mand has no effect in Suprtool UX Squeeze SET SQUEEZE ON OFF Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 157 This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF STATISTICS causes Suprtool to print statistics at the end of each task This can be useful for determining the effectiveness of Suprtool s If and Sort command versus similar options on the Select command Subsystem SET SUBSYSTEM ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Suspend SET SUSPEND ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Userlabels SET USERLABELS ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Warnings SET WARNINGS ON OFF Initially ON Suprtool normally prints warning messages out to stdlist You can turn off these messages when you are running from batch by issuing a Set Warnings off command If you are simulating batch mode with the Set Interactive Off command you must do the Set Warnings off after the Set Interactive Off The default for this setting is On 158 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Sort Command SO Specifies the next sort key via a table column name or a field in a self describing file or a Defined field See Key Command K on page 120 for sort keys specified by explicit byte position Up to 20 Sort and Key commands can be specified per extr
234. mands e 93 Help Command H 94 e Suprtool Commands Show what commands and options are available in Suprtool HELP command keyword option Default browse through the entire help file Command Help If you specify any parameters Help first assumes that you want help on a Suprtool command If you know the structure of the help file you can additionally specify one of the keywords under the command name gt help ext help on the Extract command gt help ext notes Notes section of the Extract command Keyword Help If Suprtool cannot find any help in the Commands section of the help file it assumes that you specified one of the outer level keywords in the help file To see this list of keywords type help with no parameters You see a short introduction to Suprtool and then a list of keywords You can specify any of these keywords on the Help command You can also specify a subkeyword gt help start Quick Start section gt help start task Task section of Quick Start Quick Help HQ HQ asks Suprtool to look under the keyword Quick in the help file Quick contains the text from the Suprtool Quick Reference Guide offering the experienced user a quick review of the syntax of any command gt hq input quick description of Input gt hq commands quick list of command names Notes If no parameters are specified Help allows you to browse through the help file The Help Command uses the QHELP subsystem to allow
235. mands on the same line Hpmodify Keys Reference Here are the MPE style REDO sub commands INSERT If text follows the i this text is inserted in the current line Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual starting at the i position r REPLACE If text follows the r this text replaces the same number of characters in the current line beginning at the r position DELETE Deletes a character from the current line for each d specified in the edit line Note that d d does not specify a range as it does in MPE V but simply deletes one character above each d Multiple d s may be followed by an INSERT or REPLACE operation DELETE Deletes to the end of the current line from the position specified by d May be followed by an INSERT or REPLACE operation APPEND If text follows the gt this text is appended to the end of the current line If a gt without text is positioned beyond the end of the current line then a simple replacement is performed instead DELETE Deletes from the end of the current line right to left Multiple d s and INSERT and REPLACE strings may be specified after REPLACE Replaces characters at the end of the command line The last rightmost character of the replacement string is at the end ofthe line CHANGE Changes all occurrences of one string to another in the current line starting at the c The search string and replace string must be properly delimited A proper delimiter is a non alphabetic characte
236. mat for future List commands e g Set List Date 2 The valid date formats are as follows Value Format Example 0 default mmm dd ccyy Mar 20 2000 1 yy mm dd 00 03 20 2 mm dd yy 03 20 00 3 dd mm yy 20 03 00 4 dd mmmyy 20 Mar00 List PCL SET LIST PCL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Initial amp Default 0 Use Set List PCL to configure the default format for LaserJet listings This option defines the List device as a PCL device and indicates the orientation and font for the Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual report Set List PCL affects only the List command it is ignored by the Output command PCL stands for Printer Command Language which is an HP standard for printers The LaserJet is one of the first PCL devices to be released by HP By default Suprtool assumes that your List output device is not PCL compatible List PCL 0 PCL 1 To print the Suprtool List output in Landscape mode across the wide part of the paper with the tiny Lineprinter font 16 66 pitch or 8 lines per inch you should do the following this setting prints 175 columns per line gt comment Maximum of 175 columns with this font gt set list pcl 1 gt comment You will need LaserJet with proper font cartridge gt list device laser123 PCL 2 To print the listing in Courier font Landscape mode 6 lines per inch and 100 columns wide use gt set list pcl 2 gt list device laserjet PCL 3 This option selects the standard Portrait orientation with
237. mrecs command There Is No Else Clause The If command in Suprtool does not have an Else clause To select the records that do not match the If criteria use a second task with the same criteria negated by a NOT input myfile this task is the If then gt 1f expression gt output filel gt xeq gt input myfile this task is the else gt 1f not expression gt output file2 gt xeq Expressions An expression specifies the logical criteria that Suprtool uses to select records from the input source Simple Expressions The simplest expression is a single comparison between two fields e g A B or a field and a constant e g A XX field relation field field relation constant Fields A field can be a temporary Defined field or a field from a self describing file or a column from a database table Each field has a type see Key Command K on page 120 for further details The constant must match the type of the field If the field has a byte type you must surround the constant with quotes Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 95 gt if name MARIE REIMER name is byte gt if rating gt 10000 rating is integer gt if balance arrears compare two fields Constants A constant is a value that matches the data type of field Constants are either a string constant in quotes a numeric constant or a date constant specified with date or today See the next section about C
238. n table The following Select command gt select coll col2 col3 from user account emp may be faster than gt select from user account emp Your mileage may vary Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Set Command S Enables or disables certain operating options within Suprtool These options are not reset by Xeq or Reset commands SET ALLBASE ROWS number SET ARITHMETIC CLASSIC IEEE has no effect in Suprtool UX SET BASECLOSE ONJOFF not supported in Suprtool UX SET BLOCKSIZE size has no effect in Suprtool UX SET BUFFER size SET DATE CUTOFF number SET DATE FORCECENTURY ON OFF SET DATE IFYY2000ERROR ONJOFF SET DATE MAPTOPHDATES ONJOFF SET DEFER ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET DUMPONERROR ON OFF SET EOFREAD ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET FILECODE number not supported in Suprtool UX SET FILENAME Help Link Edit Hint Export Outcount filename SET FIRSTREC 0 1 has no effect in Suprtool U X SET HINTS ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET IFCHECK ON OFF SET IGNORE ON OFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET ITEMABBREVIATEDATE ON OFF SET INTERACTIVE ONJOFF SET LABELLEDTAPEREWIND ONJOFF has no effect in Suprtool UX SET LIMITS Mpe ON OFF ReadOnly ON OFF Tablesize size SET LIST DATE number SET LIST PCL 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 SET LIST TIME number SET LOCK number has no effect in Suprtool UX SET NLS number SET OPENMODE number has no effect in Suprtool U
239. n the correct order The numrecs parameter must be replaced with the number of records that will be created by the Suprlink run The default numrecs is 1023 when the input limit is set to 0 Step 2 Output Erase in Suprlink Once you have created the PowerHouse subfile use the Erase option of Suprlink s Output command to load the file This will overwrite any data in the subfile but it will not touch the PowerHouse mini dictionary in the user labels input invoices created by Suprtool link customer sorted by custnum output invcust erase created by QTP exit Step 3 Report with Quiz The INVCUST file contains the sorted records for the Quiz report Quiz knows the structure of this file because of the initial QTP commands that we used to create the file Now use Quiz to generate the report quiz gt access invcust gt report gt go Notes on Subfiles One of the advantages that Suprlink has over the link function in PowerHouse is that Suprlink does not require the key field in the link files to be a database key Because Suprlink uses a serial merge approach its files only need to have a common field with the same data type and length If you do use Suprlink to link files that do not share a common database key you need some extra steps to create the PowerHouse subfile Since Suprlink cannot currently write to NM Ksam files you cannot directly write to PowerHouse indexed subfiles You can use Suprtool to lo
240. n the version string Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 227 Doctype A Document Type Declaration can be made at the beginning of the file via the DOCTYPE specification This typically tells whatever tool that is parsing the xml file where the DTD for the file resides In STExport you can specify simple one line doctype specs with the following command xml doctype DOCTYPE address book SYSTEM address book dtd This will write the doctype specification at the top of the output file directly after the XML version specification File You can customize the file tags with the following command commands xml file orders STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified in the File string Record You can customize the record tags with the following command commands xml record Details STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified in the Record string Example You can enter multiple XML commands per task to set the XML options you require Sin filelsd xml version xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 xml file Orders record Details out myfile An example of the output generated by the above commands is as follows lt xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 gt lt Orders gt lt Details gt lt CITY gt Los Altos lt CITY gt lt CREDIT RATING gt 100000 lt CREDIT RATING gt lt CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 lt CUST ACCOUNT gt lt CUS
241. n to STExport e 185 fields In addition you can use the Floating command to specify the format and decimal places for floating type fields 1 e Classic or IEEE floating point numbers Date Type Ifa field has a date format STExport does extra formatting By default dates are formatted into yyyymmdd e g 20001125 Formatting Commands Commands Use the following table to determine which command applies to which data type Command Data Type Date date type Floating floating type Quote byte type Sign numeric type Spaces byte type Zero numeric type Many of STExport s commands such as the formatting commands above once set will retain their settings between tasks Several other non formatting commands will also retain their settings Columns DElimiter HEAding HTML Each command and its options will remain in effect between any STExport task unless specifically turned off For example if a previous task has had custom Headings set with the Heading and Heading Add options the Headings will remain in effect for each subsequent task until a new Heading option is entered Performance Considerations 186 e Introduction to STExport On average STExport is three to five times slower than Suprtool This is the price we pay for having all of STExport s formatting features You can make STExport faster by doing the following 1 Pre select only the records you nee
242. n you see the Qhelp prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return Press F8 to exit the Qhelp subsystem and return to Suprlink Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Input Command I Specifies the primary input source and the name of the key field by which it is sorted INPUT filename BY key field There can be only one Input file per linkage task but up to seven Link files The Input file should be created by Suprtool using the Output Link option and must be sorted by key field The key field can be any type except for Real or Long The primary Input file may have more than one record per key value and each record may appear in the Output file It is best to have Suprtool Extract only the fields you will actually need since if any of the Suprtool extracts result in enormous Output files the time to do the sort may be prohibitive The BY clause is only necessary when the Input file has been created using the Suprtool Output Query option instead of the Output Link option Output Link adds the sort field information to the self describing file so that you do not have to specify it in a BY clause Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 261 Link Command L 262 e Suprlink Commands Link the Input file to another Link file maximum of seven input files LINK filename BY link keys FROM input keys OPTIONAL REQUIRED Default REQUIRED File
243. nal parameters e g the numeric value of Set Date Cutoff If the command is specified without a value the default that Suprtool uses may be different from the program s initial value When that is the case the command description will show the initial value and the default when omitted value Allbase SET ALLBASE ROWS number Initially 100 If you open an Allbase database Suprtool reads more than one row at a time when processing the input source By default Suprtool fetches 100 rows at a time You can vary the number of rows that Suprtool fetches with Set Allbase Rows The minimum number of rows is and the maximum number is 990 You must specify Set Allbase Rows before entering the Select command Arithmetic SET ARITHMETIC Classic IEEE This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Baseclose SET BASECLOSE ON OFF This command is not supported in Suprtool UX Blocksize SET BLOCKSIZE size This command has no effect in Suprtool UX Buffer SET BUFFER size Initially depends Default no change Set Buffer varies the maximum number of words that Suprtool allocates for input and output buffers This buffer size limits the number of data blocks that Suprtool reads at a time Suprtool overrides the maximum buffer size specified if that is necessary to get the task done For example when the blocks size of the file is greater than buffer maximum specified The maximum value is 14
244. nd Total options but the Count option must appear before the Total option You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command gt key 1 4 gt def field 5 2 integer gt duplicate none keys total field Input Output 1111 1 10 2222 2 60 25 35 60 3333 4 48 Self Describing Files When you are using the Count or Total options the sort information is not retained in the output file This means that if your output file is in LINK format there are no sort keys If you are going to use this file from Suprlink use the BY clause of the LINK command to manually specify the sort keys Non Self Describing Files If the input file is not a self describing file and you are using Count or Total you also need to extract all the fields from the file You can quickly extract the fields by defining a new field that contains the entire record For example if your records are 56 bytes long then you do the following to extract all the fields gt define entire 1 56 byte gt extract entire Output Restrictions When you are using the Count and Total options the only Output formats that you can use are Data Data Num Query and Link If you want to quickly see the Count or Total results without using a second pass use the List Standard command Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt select from table gt sort key field gt duplicate none keys count total data_field gt output result link gt list s
245. ne command gt define a 11 4 double J2 or D S9 9 COMP gt define b 21 2 int J1 or I1 S9 4 COMP gt define e 21 8 character string gt define f address 5 fifth occurrence of address gt define g address 5 3 4 relative offset gt define h address 5 4 2 byte middle of the address gt define i x 6 4 starts at sixth byte of X gt define j invoice 6 byte redefine field as Byte Absolute Example The following example shows the most basic use of the Define command to create a new field definition at an absolute location in the input record amt is an integer that starts at the 11th byte of file gt def amt 11 2 int gt if amt gt 1000 amt is now a field we can select on gt output outfile Absolute Example with Subcount IMAGE and Suprtool allow fields to be repeated In the next example we define an amount field that repeats twelve times e g once for each month of the year We use a subscript when we want to refer to a specific month Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 67 68 e Suprtool Commands gt def amt 11 2 int 12 amt is an integer that repeats 12 times gt if amt 5 gt 1000 we select on the 5th subfield gt output outfile Relative Examples Use the simplest form of relative definitions to rename existing fields gt def quantity qty quantity is a more readable name gt if quantity 100 selection on the new field The Define command copi
246. ng this approach even easier e g having one database use file that then includes each dataset use file with a list of Item commands You may also want to use Suprtool to assist you in changing your actual data from two digit years to four See Can Suprtool Convert Two Digit Years to Four Digits on page 48 for more details If you do not include the century in your dates the second solution above you will have the following problems 1 Selecting dates in yymmdd format will not produce the expected results in relative operations e g lt lt gt or gt You will need to change all of your If commands to use the stddate function 2 Sorting dates that include both 20th and 21st century dates will not collate the way most users expect whether with Suprtool the COBOL sort verbs or HPs sort tools This is because Suprtool and all HP supplied tools sort based on the numeric value of a date To make this work correctly within Suprtool you will need to use the stddate function in an Extract command to generate a date with a four digit year then sort on this new date field with another Suprtool task What Is Wrong with Two Digit Years Currently the date format of yymmdd collates sorts correctly if the date is not beyond December 31 1999 Given the current date of 981210 numerically this is less than next year whose date value is 991210 At the turn of the century dates in the yymmdd format or yymm will no longer
247. nstants to their full length The following example overflows the data space gt define char 256 1 256 sif char 256 a b eu Error Data Overflow In this example Suprtool attempted to create three 256 byte constants There wasn t enough room for the last constant Solutions to this problem include 1 Ifpossible define short fields If you have long field names you may want to use the Define command to define shorter subfields 2 Use tables and lookup for many values 3 Split the extract task into multiple passes On the first pass use an If expression that results in the fewest possible number of output records Use the output file from the first pass as input to the second Apply the remainder of your If expression during the second pass Error Code Overflow Suprtool translates If commands to an internal machine representation There is a limit on the size of this code When an error occurs there is little you can do except use tables and lookup wherever possible and when this fails use multiple passes Read in Usefiles When you specify read in a usefile Suprtool expects the If expression to appear in the usefile This provides a method for storing and executing complicated If commands You can also manipulate Suprtool into prompting for portions of an If command When the If command with read is the last command in a usefile Suprtool satisfies the read from stdinx The read function can appear anywhere in
248. nt rere e re ERIS 239 Accessing Suprlink 241 How To Run Suprlink ie re rat 241 How to Xeq a Suprlink Task enne enne 241 Suprtool Link Commamnd sess nnne eren enn 241 ExXit with Verify o ee e e dedit e o ss 241 Using Suprlink in Batch ooooonncnnncincnnonnnonconnooncnnnconoconocnconnnon nono a aai nnne naaa 242 Introduction to Suprlink 243 How Report Programs Work cccccccsseessesscessceescesecesecesecaecsaecseecaeceaeesaecnaeeaeeaeeaeeneeeaeeeaes 243 Input Eiles 2 545 oni bte pre n n e tiae vd if ig 243 A olere rette NN RN 243 Qutput Elles ete Lie dt o loto ais 244 O EA 244 Selection O eese ete E o ete E ETUR OTRO 244 A eee hec te DUO ie eet ono ee 244 Performance Considerations ccccsceessessceesceseceecesecnsecanecseecaeeeaeeeaeeeeeseeeeeesaecnaeeneeeneeeneeaes 245 Another Example miii esie tme Dee eie n n eer ede ee 246 Illegal Digits i iicet eee eee eet tee te ire e te ae eda 246 Selecting Non Matches cede da 246 Suprlink with Quiz QTP see iaa 247 Suprlink Commands 251 General Notes 5 2 ode e E REPERTA eas EATER o ommend temas 251 Abbreviating dee REPERI ea 251 Uppercase or Lowercase iii 251 Continuation ose eene a e TR EISE ER TREE E REUS 251 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Comments on Command Lines cccccceesseceesssceceessececesseececsssceceessseecessaseecensssees 252 HPUX Commands reete ete ge a eese te p eerta ea 252 File Names poe ett
249. ntially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples gt 11 fd sd is not spelled right fd not found gt redo redo most recent command 11 fd last command is printed S you enter changes to it 11 sd the edited command is shown you press Return gt listredo all gt redo 5 redo 5th command in stack gt redo redo previous command gt redo 2 redo command before previous gt redo 8 10 redo 8th through 10th gt redo 10 redo 10 through last gt redo rm redo last rm command gt redo rm temp gt redo temp redo last rm temp redo last containing temp Notes The Redo command can be abbreviated to a comma as in MPEX You cannot use to combine com
250. o insert before mode starts appending characters at the end of line Control A Control D plus spaces deletes from the end Control T ends Insert Mode allowing movement to a new column Control G recovers the original line Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Control O specifies overwrite mode needed for spaces Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see Redo on page 156 for details Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 63 Chain Command C The Chain command is not available in Suprtool UX See the Select command instead 64 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Define Command D Defines fields that can be used in the Duplicate Extract If Item Sort Table and Total commands With Define you can do selection on ordinary data files using the same kind of readable expression that you use with databases You can also access data fields that are not actually structured as defined in the database e g implicit subfields within an IMAGE field DEFINE field definition field is an identifier up to 32 characters long must begin with a letter and can consist of letters A through Z digits 0 through 9 or the following symbols 4 amp 0 In the case where the field name is written to a self describing f
251. onsider to be well formed XML The result of such an STExport task will look as follows lt xml version 1 0 gt file record lt CITY gt Los Altos lt CITY gt lt CREDIT RATING gt 100000 lt CREDIT RATING gt lt CUST ACCOUNT gt 4003302 lt CUST ACCOUNT gt lt CUST STATUS gt 20 lt CUST STATUS gt lt NAME FIRST gt Ralph lt NAME FIRST gt lt NAME LAST gt Perkins lt NAME LAST gt lt STATE CODE gt CA lt STATE CODE gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Room 655 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt STREET ADDRESS gt Los Altos 040033022 lt STREET ADDRESS gt lt ZIP CODE gt 93002 lt ZIP CODE gt lt record gt lt file gt Notes By default STExport will add the simplest version tag at thebeginning of the file then it inserts a lt file gt and matching lt file gt at the beginning and the end of the file Then STExport encloses each record from the input file in a lt record gt and lt record gt tag Finally the Self Describing tags are added around each field s data values and edited appropriately Naturally users would want options to customize and specify the various options and tags themselves in order to generate a file that is acceptable to their tools Version You can specify the version tag at the beginning of the XML file with the following command xml version xml version 1 0 encoding ISO 8859 1 STExport will put the lt and gt around what is specified i
252. onstants for more details Constant Type KERRY LATHWELL string constant 12345 numeric constant date 00 07 09 date constant July 9 2000 Relations A relation is one of the size comparison symbols Suprtool does not use words like EQUALS as in QUERY Relational operator Means equal to gt greater than lt less than gt greater than or equal to lt less than or equal to lt gt not equal to Complex Expressions Complex expressions can be made by combining the AND OR and NOT operators arithmetic operators and mod and parentheses The order of precedence of operators from highest to lowest is Operator Precedence Highest NOT Take the opposite AND Both must be true OR One or the other must be true Unary minus e Higher than addition and subtraction TM Lowest Use parentheses where necessary to change the order of evaluation 96 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Short circuit evaluation means that the If command does not always need to evaluate all the parts of the command gt 1f status 1 and amount gt 100 or purchased 000115 gt 1f status 1 or status 2 and amount gt 100 Multiple Values You can check a data field for several test values without using the AND and OR operators After the equals or not equals sign list the alternate values separated by commas The OR operator is equal sign Instead of IF A 5 OR A 6 OR A 7 use IF
253. ool e 23 Running Suprtool under HP UX Running Suprtool To run Suprtool for HP UX type this command opt robelle bin suprtool Suprtool Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2001 Version 4 5 Type for help gt Suprtool prints its version number and prompts with gt Press Return after each command you type For example if you type Suprtool prints some Help text and a keyword list Type a keyword for more specific information or press Return to leave Help Configuring Different Shells When you log in to HP UX a shell program is invoked This program interprets commands executes them and controls command execution To make configuration changes you have to know which shell you are using and what files are automatically executed Bourne and Korn Shells The Bourne and Korn shells execute the file etc profile when you log in to HP UX Then they look for a profile file in your home directory If it exists the file is executed If you use SAM to add new users the file etc d profile is automatically copied to the home group of the new user If you want to make global changes to the commands executed at login time you should change two files etc profile always executed at login time etc d profile default profile for new users C Shell The C shell executes the file etc csh login when you log in to HP UX First it looks for the login file in your home directory If the file exists it is
254. option Recent versions of ASK read self describing files For these versions use the Link option instead of the Ask option ASCII ASCII converts all binary input fields into their equivalent ASCII values All binary fields are right justified in their fields with a trailing sign The sign can be a blank or Byte fields are not affected by this option The size of the ASCII field depends on the format of the binary field Field Format Output Size I1 Jl 6 bytes 12 J2 11 bytes 13 J3 16 bytes 14 J4 20 bytes Kl 5 bytes K2 10 bytes E2 12 bytes E4 23 bytes Zn n l bytes Pn n bytes Any fields with implied decimal places see the Item command are formatted with a decimal point in the correct position Suprtool reserves two additional positions for each output field that has an implied decimal point DISPLAY DISPLAY converts all binary input fields into their equivalent display values also known as zoned decimal The size of the display field depends on the format of the binary field Field Format Output Size I1 Jl 5 bytes 12 J2 10 bytes 13 J3 15 bytes 14 J4 19 bytes Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual 134 e Suprtool Commands Kl 5 bytes K2 10 bytes Pn n 1 bytes P n n 2 bytes The last digit of the number is replaced with a letter corresponding to positive or negative values See the following table Units Digit Positive Negative No Sign Oo 0 10 tn FP WN KF C motmtngots Eu Wo uA pM eS NO
255. or You can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives help prints a summary of functions For a detailed description of the calculator and its options see the Suprtool manual Control Y You can interrupt a Suprlink task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y Suprlink responds by telling you how far it has gotten IN OUT Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual etc and asking if you wish to stop Hit the Return key to continue or type YES to stop the task If Control Y has no effect then try Control C which is the default interrupt setting for HP UX See the section on Control Characters and stty in the Running Suprtool Under HP UX chapter for notes on how change this default Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 253 Before Command B Repeat any combination of the previous 1000 command lines with or without editing BEFORE start stop string ALL 2 Default redo previous line BQ redo without change The Before command allows you to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use BQ or Do The Before command uses Qedit style Control characters for modifying the commands The default mode is to replace characters To delete use Control D and to insert use Control B If you prefer HP style modify D R I and U use the Redo command instead of Before Examples 11 fd
256. or REDO stack In this situation STExport continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue working as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s redo stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use the command set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called Myredo for your STExport commands If you exit STExport then run Qedit and supply the same command Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your STExport commands Statistics SET STATISTICS ON OFF Initially OFF Statistics causes STExport to print statistics at the end of each task Varsub SET VARSUB ON OFF Varsub has no effect within STExport UX Warnings SET WARNINGS OFF Initially ON Suprtool normally prints warning messages out to stdlist You can turn off these messages when you are running from batch by issuing a Set Warnings off command If you are simulating batch mode with the Set Interactive Off command you must do the Set Warnings off after the Set Interactive Off The default for this setting is On Xmltagchar SET XMLTAGCHAR Initially In XML the tags that surrounded the data can not have any special characters other than hyphen underscore and period _ So STExport replaces any of the invalid special characte
257. or the operating system On HP UX systems an exclamation mark can be used in place of a colon Output ASCII not allowed with Duplicate None Keys Not all processing options are allowed in all combinations The ASCII option of the Output command which reformats the output record does not work with Duplicate None Keys Dup None Keys assumes that the output record has the same data definitions as the input record When Suprtool detects an unusual situation that it should bring to your attention it prints a nonfatal warning message For example Warning No input data specified Warning DATABASE must be RESTORED if System Crashes The following list explains the most common warnings Not all sort fields were extracted The sort information will not be written to the output Link file This warning occurs when you output filename link and are sorting by a field but the field is not included in the list of extracted fields Suprlink cannot use the file but it may be a perfectly valid file for other applications NUMRECS exceeded some records not processed You specified a Numrecs and have reached it Record selection in effect percentage calculation is estimated You specified an Input with record number selection and the percentage complete is estimated 176 e Suprtool Errors and Warnings Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to STExport Welcome to STExport Documentation Welcome to STExport for HP UX Version 4 5 STE
258. ort creates it Otherwise STExport uses the existing file All subsequent commands are written to the persistent redo stack The setting is valid for the duration of the STExport session As soon as you exit STExport the setting is discarded Next time you run STExport you will get the temporary stack If the file name is not qualified the redo stack is created in the current working directory This may be desirable if you want to have separate stacks If you want to always use the same persistent stacks you should qualify the name The Verify command shows which stack is currently in use If it shows lt temporary gt then STExport is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Concurrency When STExport uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of STExport You can run as many STExport instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 219 220 e STExport Commands If you start using a persistent redo stack however you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one STExport instance at a time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message Set Redo Myredo The redo file is already in use Unable to open file f
259. ou can override this setting by entering the Set Date Ifyy2000error command gt set date ifyy2000error off gt item trans date date yymmdd gt if trans date gt date 2001 01 01 Century and Date Suprtool needs to generate a date or today date in the ccyymmdd format If you specify a two digit year in the date function Suprtool needs to assume a century for the given date gt item trans date date ccyymmdd if trans date gt date 01 01 01 Suprtool assumes 20 for the century if the specified year is less than the Set Date Cutoff value and 19 if the specified two digit year is greater than or equal to this value Oracle Dates Oracle dates contain both the date and the time The date and today functions check the date but ignore the time Date Limits The date function in Suprtool can generate dates between the years 1583 and 2583 Some date formats have limits based on their particular format such as 2027 for a Calendar date and 2259 for the aammdd aamm mmddaa ddmmaa dates Non Collating Date Types You can use the stddate function to convert the non collating date format to a J2 data item with a date format of ccyymmdd For example to select the purchases by the field purch date for November 2000 in a ddmmyy X6 field you would use the stddate function as follows gt item purch date date ddmmyy gt if stddate purch date gt date 2000 11 first and amp stddate purch date lt date 2000 1
260. ou to modify the commands before it executes them If you don t need to change them use the Do command Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can redo a single command a range of commands or the most recent command whose name matches a string The Redo command uses MPE style editing logic D I R U and gt The default mode is to replace characters To delete type DDDD under the characters to be removed To insert type I under the insertion spot then the new characters To undo your changes type U To append to the end of the line use gt xxx To delete from the end of the line use gt DD To replace at the end of the line use gt Rxxx And to erase the rest of the line use D gt If you prefer Qedit style editing Control D etc use the Before command instead of the Redo command Examples 11 fd fd is not spelled right fd not found redo redo most recent command 11 fd last command is printed S you enter changes to it 11 sd the edited command is shown you press Return listredo all redo 5 redo 5th command in stack redo redo previous command redo 2 redo command before previous redo 8 10 redo 8th through 10th redo 10 redo 10 through last redo rm redo last rm command redo rm temp redo last rm temp redo temp redo last containing temp Persistent Re
261. ou would use gt input uxfile reclen 80 1f list char Xeq Since Uxfile has line feeds the List command shows a dot as the 81st character of each record This dot corresponds to the line feed character To read every fifth record in Uxfile you would use gt input uxfile reclen 80 1f 5 list char gt xeq To examine a file which has no line feeds between records e g the Suprtool object code you would use gt input opt robelle bin suprtool rec 256 nolf 10 hex char Suprtool executes the Input command immediately it does not wait for an Xeq command before opening the Input file INPUT file RECLEN ength LF NOLF startrecord endrecord count Default all input records Input File The first example shows the most common use of the Input command An input file is specified as the input source to Suprtool We select a subset of the input data with the If command Before using the If command we must define a field within the input record gt input invent r 80 nolf input is from a disc file gt define a 11 2 int A is an integer that starts gt output outfile at the 11th byte of Invent gt if a lt 10000 records with field A less than gt xeq 10000 are written to Outfile Selection by Record Number The startrecord endrecord parameter specifies a range of input records by record number The default value for endrecord is the highest record in the file
262. output badorders gt xeqg In this next example low inventory items from the Inventory table are saved in the SD file Invent We use this file to load a Suprtool table and select the records from the Product database table On the table command we use the sorted table keyword instead of file because the Invent file is already sorted We then create a new file Lowprods with all the product information of the low inventory items gt select from inventory gt 1f on hand qty lt 10 select records gt sort product_no sort by key value gt out invent link later use this file gt xeq in the Table command gt sel from product contains product description gt table product table product_no sorted invent gt 1f lookup product table product no gt sort product_no i gt output lowprods gt xeq Suprtool can load up to ten tables either from separate files or the same file The following example assumes that the files are self describing gt input customer gt table cust table custno file custfile gt table zip table zipcode file custfile gt 1f lookup cust table custno and lookup zip table zipcode gt output newcust link gt xeq Keep in mind that using multiple tables may be more memory intensive and require more resources Notes The Xeq command clears any tables that are not held Searching huge tables is CPU intensive If you do this on line it seriously affects other users Whi
263. package consists not only of Suprtool but also of other programs that perform useful database functions These other programs are STExport and Suprlink STExport Data Export Utility STExport converts fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into different applications Use STExport to produce a formatted output file that can be used to import data into databases and applications Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Suprtool e 1 Documentation 2 e Welcome to Suprtool Other databases have different requirements for the format of input data You will have to experiment with the various STExport formatting options to find a format that your particular database tool accepts Summary of the STExport commands Before Form Quote Verify Columns Heading Redo Xeq Date Help Reset Xml Delimiter HTML Set Zero DO Input Sign expression Exit LISTREDO Spaces OS command Floating Output Use Suprlink Multidataset Access Suprlink is a program that works with Suprtool to add multidataset capability to Suprtool Suprlink is not a set of callable routines To use it you must run Suprlink Pub Robelle or use Suprtool s Link command Rather than take the regular path to multiple datasets random retrieval via IMAGE keys with its well known performance problems we have chosen to follow a different path fast serial extracts plus a very efficient merge The tests that we have performed
264. play Fields When the target of an extract conversion is a packed or display type field Suprtool always converts positive values to a neutral packed or display value To ensure that expressions with positive values have a positive result use the signed function gt extract packed field signed int field gt extract display field signed dbl field 10 Truncation errors can occur when Suprtool converts from nonfloating point to floating point See the discussion under Numeric Truncation above Byte Fields Use the Extract command to shorten or lengthen byte type fields If the target field is longer than the source field Suprtool fills the trailing space in the target field with spaces Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 89 90 e Suprtool Commands Byte to Numeric Conversion Suprtool cannot explicitly convert from a byte field to a numeric field such as a double integer The Extract command however does allow conversion from a display field to a double integer or any other numeric field You can define a byte field to be a display field if all of the characters in the field contain a number For example if you have a six character byte field that looks like this 012345 you can define it in the following manner gt def display field 1 6 display This field can then be converted to any of the other numeric types that Suprtool supports If the field is six characters and contains blan
265. quence Sort or Key No records are output until all of the selected input records have been sorted 2 Total one or more input record fields Total 3 Remove or select duplicate records Duplicate Output Choices Usually you wish to extract a subset of your records to feed into a report program so the default output file is a data file The default output file format matches the input file format unless you use the Extract command You can specify different formats for the output file by qualifying the Output command To have readable ASCII output use output xxx ascii To produce self describing files use Output xxx Link Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 33 By default every output record is identical to the corresponding input record The Extract command assembles output records by stringing together fields extracted from the input records With the Extract command you can insert constant values into the output record Each output record is written to the output choice You can also see a formatted listing of each record with the List command Large File Support Suprtool can read sort and write files greater than 2Gb on HP UX 10 20 or higher Suprtool is limited to processing large files with 2 1 billion records or less Suprtool and Allbase Specify an Allbase database with the Open command Once Suprtool has opened the database use the Form command to obtain information about th
266. r such as or The substitution is specified as cdelim search string delim replace string delim Omitting the replace string causes occurrences of search string to be deleted with no substitution UNDO A single u in column one cancels the most recent edit of the current line Using the Undo command twice in a row cancels all edits for the current line and re establishes the original unedited line If u is placed anywhere other than column one of the current line then a simple replacement is performed Undo makes sense only if you have a line on which you have performed some editing that can be undone Simple replacement Any other character not i r d d gt gt gt d gt r c or u will be put into the current line at the position above where it is placed replacing any existing character Simple replacement also occurs for the editing characters i r c or gt if they are not followed by text or if appears at or beyond the current end of line Hpmodify Examples Here are examples of the MPE style REDO sub commands in action edt Action u First occurrence undoes the previous edits The u must be in column one u Second occurrence undoes all edits on the current line The u must be in column one ada Ddeesteedumsemoneseesehd Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 141 142 e Suprtool Commands Deletes one character above the first d skips two spaces and deletes a se
267. r Manual Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool How to Run Suprtool What is a Task Use the following command to access Suprtool opt robelle bin suprtool SUPRTOOL Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1981 2001 Version 4 5 SUN JUN 17 2001 11 47 AM Type H for help Licensee The Shum Co Today s Hint To see ALL of the options available in Suprtool use gt VERIFY ALL gt Suprtool prints its version number and the current time right after a banner It also prints the name of the company that has licensed this copy of Suprtool Suprtool then prompts with gt Press Return after typing each command For example if you type the help command gt help Suprtool prints some help text and a keyword list Type a keyword or press Return to leave Help To exit Suprtool type Exit at the Suprtool prompt gt exit Tasks are the building blocks with which Suprtool helps you to solve data processing problems In a task Suprtool reads information from a file or database selects and processes some information and writes out the result You can visualize a Suprtool task like this Input Suprtool Output Records selects and Records processes Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 7 The examples that follow all consist of Suprtool tasks Simple solutions require only one task Complex solutions consist of several tasks often with the output of one task becom
268. racter 98 Euro currency symbol 82 example of Suprlink 244 exclam 190 exclamation mark 252 Exit command 77 174 199 227 Exit command Suprlink 257 272 exit with verify 28 241 exiting from batch jobs 77 Export command 79 Extract command 20 80 Extract command decimal places 81 extracting a range 84 extracting bits 90 extracting dates 82 extracting records 95 Index e 291 F field parameter 65 80 167 283 field type 120 Fieldname Heading command 203 file name parameter 112 132 file names hardcoded 29 183 239 file system error 179 Filecode Set option 151 filename parameter 283 filling unmatched link fields 263 finding invalid dates 106 Firstrec Set option 152 fixed columns 217 fixed length output file 193 Floating command 201 floating point classic 30 floating sign 223 floating point numbers 201 Form command 202 258 Form command default 92 formatting commands 186 Formout file 259 four digit years 44 FROM part of Link command 263 G Get command 93 greater than gt 285 H Heading command 203 heading HTML option 207 heading maximum length 235 Help command 94 205 Help command Suprlink 260 highlights 4 highwater mark reading to 151 holding tables for re use 165 HPCalendar date 117 HPCalendar date format 116 Hpmodify editing examples 141 HP UX commands 58 190 252 HP UX vs MPE 30 HTML command 206 HTML files maximum size 206 IEEE numbers 201 If lookup 97
269. racters For example the character matches a single numeric character If you need to look for the character itself you would specify amp in the pattern gt if type REC amp H look for REC followed by amp is used to continue a command line You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line gt if status 20 and amp continue the If command state AZ CA OR select several states Means O S Commands or Bit Selection Colon at the start of a command line indicates an operating system command gt listf Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt ls Colon is used in the If command for bit selections gt define bitfield 1 2 logical gt if bitfield 4 2 3 Means O S Commands at the start of a command line indicates an operating system command This only works on Suprtool UX gt du gt ls Means Multiple Commands Semicolon is used to string several Suprtool commands together on a single line gt input a output b xeq complete task is in one line Means a List Comma in Suprtool commands is used to separate parameters gt base actrec data 3 open the database exclusively gt key 1 4 double specify a double integer key if acct 764523 456732 98765 Commas are optional in some Suprtool commands e g Output but are required in others e g Extract 1s the abbreviation for the Re
270. rd in the output file It is best to have Suprtool Extract only the fields you actually need Only those fields needed for import into the final application should be present in the Input file Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 213 Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command displays any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL 2 LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can print the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered You can write the commands to your terminal The Out option is not currently supported on STExport UX If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples Slistredo 5 Slistredo 5 10 listredo help print all Help commands listredo 10 print last ten commands listredo ALL print entire redo stack Slistredo rel print ALL relative numbers listredo rm print all rm commands listredo rm xx print all rm xx commands listredo Grm print all with rm anywhere Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ and comma comma are accepted as a short forms Persistent Redo Redo
271. rder details gt table cust table cust no file custlist gt if status PENDING and lookup cust_table cust_no gt output orders gt xeq Finding Data in a Data File So far the examples have looked up data from a table If you want to look up information in a data file you need to tell Suprtool about the fields Use the Define command to do this The following example gives you some idea of the byte size of one kind of record in a data file John Smith 12345678 Anna May Richardson 98765432 12 bytes 16 bytes 8 bytes If you want to look up customers based on a list of customer numbers in the self describing file Custlist use the following task Notice how the start position and number of bytes is entered into the Define command This defines the position within the input file not the table file gt input flatfile reclen 36 nolf gt define cust_no 29 8 byte gt table cust_table cust_no file custlist gt if lookup cust table cust no gt output result gt xeq Sorting Database Records Sort Records To tell Suprtool to sort table records you can either use any valid SQL command e g select order by or you can select the records and use a Sort command Here are two examples where Suprtool extracts all records from the Sales table into a data 14 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual file called result The records are sorted by the field cust_account Both task
272. red as a LOGICAL value with seven bits for the year of the century bits 0 6 four bits for the month bits 7 10 and five bits for the day bits 11 15 If the data type is J2 or K2 the date is stored as yyyymmdd PHDate and PHDate8 date formats are similar however PHDate values for the year range from 0 99 whereas PHDate8 year values are from 0 127 A year of 0 in PHDate could mean either 1900 or 2000 depending on user applications A year of 0 in PHDate8 means 1900 and 100 means 2000 The PHDate8 date format is found in PowerHouse version 8 19 and higher ASK The ASK attribute is compatible with the ASK manufacturing software ASK uses a special date format stored as a single integer or a single logical 1 e Jl or K1 in IMAGE This date is relative to January 1 1973 yyymmdd The yyymmdd attribute is similar to yymmdd except that the first digit denotes the century If the first digit is a 1 one then the century is 19 and if the first digit is a 2 two then the century is 20 Only data types of P8 and J2 are supported for this date attribute This date format is used by some third party software packages such as MACS and APS EDSDATE The EDSDATE date format is similar to the yyymmdd format in which the first digit represents the century The first digit in the EDSDATE is either 0 or 1 a 0 represents a century of 19 and a represents a century of 20 JulianDay The JulianDay number is the absolute count of the
273. rently in use If it shows lt temporary gt it means Suprtool is using the default stack Anything else is the name of the file used on the Set Redo command Concurrency When Suprtool uses the default temporary stack it is only accessible to that particular instance of Suprtool You can run as many Suprtool instances as you need and each one gets its own redo stack With temporary stacks you will never get into concurrency problems If you start using a persistent redo stack you might start running into concurrency problems A persistent redo stack can only be used by one Suprtool instance at any one point in time If you try to use a persistent redo stack that is already in use you will get the following message gt set redo myredo The redo file is already in use Unable to open file for REDO stack In this situation Suprtool continues to use the redo stack active at the time and lets you continue to work as normal Qedit can also have permanent redo stacks To prevent products from writing to each other s redo stack it is advisable to have separate stacks for each product by giving them different file names For example if you use gt set redo myredo you will have a redo stack called myredo for your Suprtool commands If you exit Suprtool and run Qedit and supply the same Set Redo command your Qedit commands will be written to the same file that was used for your Suprtool commands Sortfast SET SORTFAST ON OFF This com
274. rints them to the default line printer showing column names and column values converted to ASCII If you suspect that your data is bad you can dump the records in Octal Char format instead gt select from sales gt if sales total 0 gt list octal char gt xeq If you want the listing in column format use List Standard gt select from sales gt if sales total 0 gt list standard lp gt xeq Changing the Output Record Format You can change the output file record format by using the Extract command The Extract command causes Suprtool to assemble Output records by stringing together fields extracted from Input records You would use the following to extract two of the nine fields from the customer records gt select from customer input from a table gt extract cust_account extract the key value and gt extract credit rating one other field gt output outl foutput file will have two fields gt xeq You can easily insert data into the middle of a record again using the Extract command Define the first and second halves of the record as two big chunks Now Extract the first part note the constant you wish to insert then Extract the second part 20 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt input myfile reclen 95 nolf 95 bytes wide gt define part1 1 60 byte first 60 bytes gt define part2 61 35 byte remaining 35 gt extract partl constant part2 e
275. rlink Commands input students link majors by ssn cmaj from ssn curmajor output outfile exit Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line when they are surrounded by braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of each command line You can enter a comment as the only item in a Suprlink command line When continuing command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character link customer records to invoices combined with customers produces the file we want link customer output invcust exit input invoices sorted by custnum HP UX Commands Suprlink also accepts HP UX commands with or without an exclamation mark or colon tills 1s For commands that are the same in both Suprlink and HP UX Suprlink only executes the HP UX command if you type the exclamation mark or colon For example set you get Suprlink Set command set you get HP UX Set command ksh Suprlink UX executes and HP UX command e g 1s or script file File Names Suprlink s Input Link and Output commands accept any valid HP UX file name File names are currently limited to a maximum of 240 characters Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to compute blocking factors and do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculat
276. rlink to compare both the primary key and the secondary key when comparing an input record to a link record For example input students key name is ssn link majors by ssn cmaj Students contains cmaj This example says that the file Majors is sorted by ssn and may contain more than one record per student To select the desired record for each student Suprlink matches the students cmaj against the cmaj in the link record Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Secondary Input Key It is possible that the second key field has a different name in the input file and the Link file The FROM clause lets you handle this case input students key name is ssn link majors by ssn cmaj from ssn curmajor Note that you must specify the Input file key field as part of the FROM clause This example is identical to the previous secondary key example but in this case the current major field is called curmajor in the students file and cmaj in the majors file Optional Linkage If there is more than one link record with the same key value Suprlink will select the first one it finds You can sort by another value such as date time to force a certain record to be first Please note that this is unlike Quiz which does a hierarchical expansion to include every record accessed If there are no link records for a given key value of the input file that input record is dropped from the output file this is the default option REQUIRED To make the
277. rmat fields with a decimal point when appropriate Constant Values When specifying numeric constants for a field with implied decimal places there are different formats that you can use For example assume that we use the Item command to specify two implied decimal places for an amount field The following are examples of constant values for this item Constant Interpretation 0 zero value padded as necessary 1 1 00 0 01 0 01 01 also acceptable for 0 01 Notes SQL Columns You must redefine any SQL columns before you can use the Item command gt sel from emp def salary sal gt item salary decimal 3 correct scale gt 1f salary gt 15 275 Compound Items When you specify a compound item the attribute applies to all elements of the compound item gt item monthly totals decimal 2 12 occurrences gt if monthly totals 5 gt 1000 00 You cannot apply an attribute to only one sub item of a compound item gt item monthly totals 5 decimal 2 Error Missing attribute for the Item Command When to Specify the Item Command The Item command affects almost all other Suprtool commands It should be used as follows Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual e For databases specify it immediately after the Select command but before any Extract or If commands e For disc files it is best to specify the Define and Item commands immediately after the Input command Usefiles You can use a usefile as a mini dat
278. rom sales input table gt output result output file gt xeq Xeq command performs the task Look at the First Few Records If you want to look at the first few records of a dataset use the Numrecs command This command tells Suprtool to extract at most the number of records specified Then instead of sending the result to a file send it to the screen with output ascii The example shows you how to look at the first 10 records in your dataset 10 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt select from sales gt numrecs 10 first 10 records output ascii output to screen format numbers gt xeq Selecting by Criteria Simple Criteria To tell Suprtool to choose records based on certain criteria you can either use any valid SQL command e g select where or you can select all the records and use an If command In these two examples Suprtool extracts all records with a sales_total value greater than 20000 from the Sales table Both tasks produce identical results but one way may be faster than the other gt select from sales gt if sales_total gt 20000 gt output result gt xeq Complex Criteria To choose records using more complex criteria combine several simple criteria using AND OR NOT and parentheses In this example Suprtool extracts all records that have a sales_total value greater than 20000 and a product_price value less than 5000 from the d sales dataset
279. rs by applying a cutoff rule or you can force all years to be specified as four digits What does Set Date Cutoff do Date Cutoff tells Suprtool what century to use when Suprtool generates a constant date value from the date function Before version 4 0 Suprtool would assume 19 for the century for any user specified date with a two digit year For example gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field lt date 40 12 26 Previously the date function would convert the user specified date to 1940 12 26 in order for it to be compared to the date field format of CCY YMMDD Now with Set Date Cutoff xx Suprtool assumes 20 for the century if the two digit year specified in the date function is less than the value of Set Date Cutoff For example gt set date cutoff 50 gt item date field date ccyymmdd if date field date 40 12 26 Suprtool in this case assumes the full date to be 2040 12 26 because the 40 in date is less than the 50 in Set Date Cutoff The default value of Set Date Cutoff is 10 Stddate and Set Date Cutoff When Stddate has to convert from a date with only a two digit year the conversion to the four digit year will use the value of Set Date Cutoff when converting the date For example gt get sales detail gt set date cutoff 15 gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyy ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date stddate ship date out salesinfo
280. rs with a by default You can change the default character To be something else with the following set command Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Set xmltagchar _ STExport will only allow the hyphen underscore and period to be set with this command Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 221 Sign Command Sl Specify what should be done with the sign character for numeric fields SIGN NONE FLOATING LEADING TRAILING Default Floating All numeric type fields except logical fields have a sign Integer and floating point fields can have either a space for positive values or a negative sign Packed and display type fields can have a space neutral a plus sign for positive values or a negative sign Specify Sign None to cause STExport to completely ignore the sign If you specify Sign None no error or warning message appears if any numeric types have a negative value Leading vs Floating If you specify Columns Fixed it is easy to see the difference between a leading versus a floating sign A leading sign always appears in the same column whereas a floating sign always appears before the first digit of a number For example Sign Leading Sign Floating z 22415 22415 207 207 16600 16600 21910 21910 Trailing Sign Specify Sign Trailing to cause the sign character to appear after each formatted number Remember that for many numeric types the sign for positive
281. rt selects all customers in California sorts the records by city and reports on the city account number and name of each California customer Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 21 gt select gt 1f gt sort gt extract gt extract gt extract gt extract gt list gt xeqg from customer state CA city city cust_account name_first name_last standard input table California customers sort by city name city first on each line followed by account and first name and finally last name produce a quick report These commands produce a report with four columns The title consists of the date and page number The column headings are the name of each column that we extracted Column Headings Column headings default to uppercase field names The names are truncated if they are longer than the field itself One space is inserted between fields Suprtool does not automatically align user specified headings with the data columns We suggest specifying heading strings with the same length as the fields they represent while taking into account the space between the data columns In our example we enter one column heading per line using Suprtool s continuation character amp gt list standard heading amp 1 2 City E Account amp First Name amp Last Name field is X12 field is Z8 field is X10 field is X16
282. rtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Running Suprtool under HP UX e 31 e Table Command with the File option requires that the file being loaded is self describing e Out option of the Listredo command e Output Ask Num Key and Num Query e Output Temp There are no temporary files in HP UX e Output Input e Totals to a file 32 e Running Suprtool under HP UX Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Issues and Solutions A Suprtool Task Suprtool s primary function is to extract data quickly its focus is batch extraction The key principle is the bigger the input data source and the smaller the subset of data selected the more performance improves Your aim is to replace serial reads and selection with Suprtool To do this break your task into components an input choice some processing selections and the output choice Input Choices Suprtool reads fixed length data files You can create self describing files with Suprtool s Query or Link output options It is easier to work with self describing files because they have information about the fields in each input record Often you select a subset of the input records using the If command Only selected records are passed to the processing stage and the output choice Processing Selections If you do not specify any processing the input records are quickly copied to the output choice Some of your processing choices are 1 Sort the records into ascending or descending se
283. rtool and Suprlink to improve the performance of PowerHouse applications For a complete discussion of how to use Suprtool and Quiz together refer to the Suprtool with Quiz QTP section of the Suprtool User Manual Suprlink can write to PowerHouse subfiles that have been created with Quiz or QTP Subfiles are self documenting files that contain a complete description of the file s record structure This information is stored in user labels in the file and is known as a mini dictionary When you access the subfile in Quiz its description is read from the mini dictionary You must ensure that the PowerHouse subfile description Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Introduction to Suprlink e 247 248 e Introduction to Suprlink exactly matches the record layout of Suprlink s output file Remember that Suprlink will drop the common key fields from the link files Step 1 Create the Subfile with QTP Before running Suprlink you create an empty subfile with QTP rm invcust qtp gt access d_invoice link custnum to amp gt custnum of m_customer gt subfile invcust keep size numrecs include amp gt custnum invdate amount invnum amp gt name address gt set input limit 0 gt go The subfile must contain all of the fields that Suprlink will produce in the output file with the same attributes data type and length and in the same order Use the Include option of QTP s Subfile command to define each of the fields i
284. rtool asks the question ERASE all records from this OUTPUT file no You can avoid typing yes in response to this question by invoking Suprtool with Ssuprtool lt filename Blocksize The block size of a file is the record length multiplied by the blocking factor MPE permits block sizes up to 32 000 words but Suprtool restricts the total block size When copying an MPE file the maximum block size of either the input or output file is 14 336 words If Suprtool detects an input or output file with a block size larger than 14 336 words it prints one of the following error message The input blocksize is greater than 14336 words The output blocksize is greater than 14336 words Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Glossary of Terms e 281 282 e Glossary of Terms Calculator Suprtool Suprlink and Stexport and Dbedit treat any line that begins with an equal sign as an expression to be evaluated To add two numbers together 221254512 Result 637 0 An expression consists of numbers and operators The operators can be addition subtraction multiplication division or exponentiation The value of the expression is printed immediately Any number can be followed by a percent sign 96 The calculator assumes that you want to qualify the number as a percentage For example gt 125 5 Result 6 25 A complete description of the Suprtool calculator is given after the description of the Xeq command
285. s listredo rm xx print all rm xx commands listredo rm print all with rm anywhere listredo rel print ALL relative numbers Saving to a File Saving the Listredo commands to a file is not currently available in Suprlink UX Notes The Listredo command cannot be abbreviated but BJ is accepted as a short form Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Set redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details 264 e Suprlink Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Output Command O Specify the name of the output file OUTPUT filename ERASE DATA LINK By default the name of the output file is Output The output file is a self describing file containing data extracted from the input file and the Link files Use the Data option to make the output file a standard disc file without a corresponding sd file There are two different types of self describing files The first type is created with Suprtool s Output Query option A superior form of self describing file is produced with Suprtool s Output Link option Suprlink creates the output self describing file in the same format as the input file We recommend that you use the same type of self describing file for all input and link files Output Record Format The record structure is determined by Suprlink but is relati
286. s gt 999 Converting Numbers There are several ways to convert binary numbers e g 12 P8 into human readable ASCII form You can use STExport s Output ASCII or Output DISPLAY if you want to convert all numbers 18 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual If you want to convert only some of your numeric fields you can use Suprtool s numeric conversion feature to convert the binary fields to display fields define mynumber 1 6 display get dataset ext some fields ext mynumber binary number output filename xeq Note that this technique also works for converting a number from one numeric type to another numeric type Counts and Subtotals Count and Subtotal on Sort Keys This example counts the number of sales transactions for each customer and produces the total sales for each customer We use the Count and Total options of the Duplicate command Note that we made the output file self describing so we can easily work with it later input transactions self describing file gt ext cust_account gt sort cust account need to sort by key gt dup none keys count total sales total list standard gt out result link gt xeq The output file contains three fields The first field is the cust_account that we extracted Suprtool created two new fields at the end of each output record st count and st total 1 St count contains the number of times each cust_account occurr
287. s produce identical results but one way may be faster than the other Sorting in the Select command gt select from sales order by cust_account gt output result gt xeq Sorting in the Sort command gt select from sales gt sort cust_account gt output result gt xeq Sort Records in Descending Order This example extracts all records from the Sales table into a data file called result The records are sorted by the field sales total in descending order 1 e show highest totals first Use the Desc option in the Sort command to do this gt select from sales gt sort Sales total desc descending order gt output result gt xeq Sort by Multiple Keys This example extracts all records from the Sales table into a data file called result The records are sorted by the field cust_account then by sales_total in descending order Use two Sort commands to do this because the Sort command only accepts one field at a time gt select from sales input gt sort cust_account first sort key gt sort sales total desc second sort key gt output result output gt xeq Duplicate Records In the following examples the key field is in the first four bytes of the record Duplicate ness is based on records having the same key value In any group of records with the same key value the first record is considered to be the original and the rest are considered to be the duplicates Report without
288. s 148 B seclose ta do br inlita itp 148 A puente ota d niii er eeiam e std 148 BUS Te cisco edo inis Mats MU md md cUm 148 Date Gutolfb esee NIRE ol DU RO UR ON ee 149 Date ForeeCentUty reete ede mete eer Ue RA IER PUT g e Me pe RECHNER 150 Date IfY Y 2000Error eeseeseeseeeeeeeeeene neret nennen 150 Date MapTOPH Dates AA eR hene ge Nene PER Re SR EN IP RE ERE eR UNI e NERA 151 A sift AAE NM i e eis EAA EE Ha 151 Du mpOnbrrtor 4 eee erret eot cre ee e m ehe pte pex e des E 151 Eotread AETA EEE AEE ute RU REC FN OA 151 Filecode 35 2055 epp te Pc EN OE UM ees 151 NENE eoe EV ERN RUE ENG 151 FirstreG At un IA mA MU miM ol ts e aA mu 152 sin m 152 A ett e ede e eau qe ed 152 IgnoTG cese ERO RH peer URS Mae PE ROB RT EE EST 152 ItemAbbreviateDate nce ede iia 152 Interactive iate ea ee e e ee Re i 152 EabelledTapeRewind 2 eene dee e ee ea 153 Limits ict e dee de eei es 153 A 153 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Contents e v O cece dee roth atte E E etit ed a rata tact tess E cde oett 154 Past linde tmt te ee eo ee e lead 155 ll 155 NES E 155 Openmode hiat eiii ree HERES RR LIE 156 Oracle use e nie i ERU LENT en eee 156 Pattern nete stt re e ile 156 Pretfetchziadaneenie i O 157 PM eene eie rte HN REED 157 PROBTESS EA 157 luum EA 158 R COVOE O YER EG EU
289. s 41 120 Spaces command 224 spaces removing 89 104 special characters 284 special string test 103 specifying input 112 214 261 spool file errors 179 SQL database Allbase rows 148 SQL database inserting records 60 SQL database Select command 144 SQL database specifying 131 SQL database structure 92 SRN Chronos date 117 startrecord parameter 113 Statistics Set option 159 221 269 stddate function 83 106 Stdlist input from 31 STExport 1 79 135 string constants 98 287 string conversion 87 string expressions 102 string of digits 11 string replacement Hpmodify 141 Index e 295 string truncation 88 string as a delimiter 197 string heading command 203 strings 283 stty 27 subfile script 43 subfiles PowerHouse 43 247 subscript parameter 80 167 284 subscript parameter character 99 subscript parameter Define 66 subscript parameter numeric 99 substrings 99 subtotals 19 73 Subtract Days 84 sum of field values 167 summary of STExport 185 summary of Suprlink 243 Super Cartridge 125 Suprhint Help Robelle 152 Suprlink 2 133 Suprlink using from Suprtool 241 Suprmgr files 27 29 Suprtool in Suprlink 244 262 Suprtool package 1 Suspend option on Exit 199 257 T Table command 163 Table command decimal places 164 table HTML option 206 tables 284 tables holding between Xeqs 165 tables maximum size 153 tape files 112 task 7 33 terminology 238 time format in List 126 155
290. s decimal pts and dates Restrictions of SD Files So far in this section we have shown how to create self describing files using the Link option of the Output command The Link option produces a special form of self describing file Not all software can read this form of self describing file You can use the Query option to create an old style self describing file The Query option has the following restrictions 40 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Self describing files were originally created by HP in MPE so that files could be fed into HPWORD and HP graphics packages One problem with HP s definition was that no provision was made for compound fields e g 10J2 When Suprtool creates an SD file with compound fields via the Query option it uses a special data type When you input such a file to Suprtool all compound fields are treated as byte arrays Suprtool correctly copies and extracts these fields but you can not select with them The Query option is not capable of retaining information about decimal places or date formats Suprtool and Sorting Files When Suprtool sorts two records that have the same key value the first record read by Suprtool is the first record on the output file For data files this means that input records with the same key values appear in the same order in the output file Suprtool and Personal Computers You can format files to be downloaded to your PC for use in spr
291. s greater than 285 gt lt means doesn t match pattern 286 4 4GLs 42 A A4 size paper 125 aammdd date format 48 116 abbreviating commands 57 189 251 Abort option on Exit 77 199 257 absolute field definition 65 absolute value function 87 101 accuracy in numeric expressions 101 Add command 60 Add Dates 84 Allbase applications 34 Allbase database 131 alphanumeric string test 103 alternate values 97 163 alternatives to the If command 95 AND operator 96 appending Hpmodify 141 APS date format 116 arithmetic expressions 85 100 arithmetic trap 179 Arithmetic Set option 148 ascending order 120 161 ASCII option 21 134 ASK MANMAN date selection 116 ASK option 134 290 e Index asterisk see at sign in patterns 286 attached printer 128 backslash 288 Base command default mode 156 batch 27 184 242 281 Before command 62 191 254 bit extracts 99 block size 281 Blocksize Set option 148 BOT and BACKSPACE error 153 Bourne shell 25 braces 189 252 Buffer Set option 148 BY part of the Link command 262 byte fields comparing 102 bytelen parameter 65 120 byteposition parameter 65 120 C c emdstring option 27 C shell 25 Calculator 175 190 252 282 Calendar intrinsic date format 116 CGI script 212 character constants 82 98 Chronos 117 code overflow error 111 Cognos date fields 116 colon 58 190 252 286 column headings List command 22 Columns command 193 combining
292. s the only item in a STExport command line When continuing command lines the comment can appear before or after the continuation character Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 189 format reals with two decimal places Sinput invoices Sfloating fixed 2 Floating option Soutput invfile produces the file we want Sexit HP UX Commands STExport accepts HP UX commands with or without an exclam 1 1ls Sls For commands that are the same in both STExport and HP UX STExport executes the HP UX command only if you type the exclam For example set you get STExport set command set you get HP UX set command ksh STExport UX executes any HP UX command e g 11 or script file File Names STExport s Input and Output commands accept any valid HP UX file name File names are currently limited to 240 characters Calculator Any command line beginning with an equal sign is treated as a calculator expression This feature can be used to do other calculations without the need of an electronic calculator You can obtain a short description of the calculator by entering the following gives a summary of functions For a detailed description of the calculator and its options see the Suprtool manual Control Y You can interrupt a STExport task with the Control Y key hold down Control while striking Y STExport responds by telling you how far it has gotten IN OUT etc and as
293. scribing file Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 41 gt input gt define items gt item items gt extract fields gt output sdfile link gt xeq 2 In STExport convert to PRN and add the header line Sinput sdfile Sheading fieldnames output pcdata Sexit The file Pcdata is a variable length PRN file with both headings and data Paradox Databases Paradox is a PC database product from Borland International Paradox imports PRN files in one of two ways Here are the advantages and disadvantages of each method 1 Import the file into an existing table This table must have been set up with all the field names field lengths and field types As long as the corporate data structure doesn t change this method works fine It is less work than the second method since you only have to set up the table structure once 2 Import the file into a new table Paradox reads the input file twice The first time it determines the maximum length of each field The second time it loads the data into the table After the file is loaded you must define the field names and possibly the field types Fortunately you can automate this part of the process with a script While loading takes longer each field is allocated enough space for the largest value saving disc space We would recommend the second method if you are making a read only copy of corporate data This method helps protect the Par
294. se the Item command to specify the number of implied decimal points or the date format for an item The date and today functions of the If command work only with dates The Item command must precede any If or Extract commands ITEM itemname DATE DECIMA Laattribute Itemname The itemname must be a Defined field an SD field or a column name The itemname cannot be qualified with a subscript Date Formats For dates the attribute must be one of the following Attribute Attribute ASK ccyymm Calendar ccyy ddmmyy aammdd ddmmyyyy aamm mmddyy mmddaa mmddyyyy ddmmaa Oracle SRNChronos PHdate mmyyyy yymm yyddd yymmdd ccyyddd yyyymm HPCalendar yyymmdd JulianDay yyyymmdd EDSDate ccyymmdd PHDate8 Abbreviations When specifying the Date keyword you can use a leading subset for the date attribute For example if you want to specify the Calendar date type you can specify only CA gt item cal date date ca If you do not like this feature you can turn it off by specifying the following command in your Suprmgr file Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Data Types for Dates Each date attribute is compatible with certain data types For more information see the table on data types in the Define command The following table shows the compatibilities Date Attribute Data Type Compatibility ASK Ji and K1 Calendar Jl and K1 ddmmyy X6 Z6 J2 K2 and P8 or greater ddmmyyyy X8 Z8 J2 K2 and P10 or greater mmddyy X6 Z6 J
295. sed in the comparison You must explicitly specify the constants in the correct case or you can use upper or lower with the constant gt 1f Supper city Supper vancouver Use the Supper or lower functions for caseless pattern matching As with other comparison operators you must specify constants in the correct case when doing pattern matching gt 1f Supper city VANQ gt 1f lower city ede You can use Supper and lower with string expressions that combine many fields and string functions as shown in the following example Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt if Sread Supper trim first on Strim last JOE SMITH Date Selection The If command has four functions to help select records based on dates date today days and stddate The date function works for any date The today function works for the current date and dates relative to today The stddate and days functions work for almost any date To use these date functions you must first identify the date format of an item by using the Item command The date function makes it easier to specify a target date for certain date formats e g PHdate or ASK To select records based on a specific date use this feature gt if field date year month day Suprtool checks the date s validity To select the transactions for January 1999 you would do the following gt item trans date date phdate gt if trans date gt dat
296. sh to add gt add customer specify the Oracle table gt exit execute the task Our next example shows how to add by redefining the fields from a self describing file into a table The names are redefined so that the field names being extracted will match those in the table of the SQL database gt open oracle scott tiger gt in custrecs gt def cust name custname gt def cust addr address gt extract cust name gt extract cust_addr gt add customer specify the Oracle table gt exit execute the task open SQL database input file you wish to add redefine the items to match the names in the table extract data under the column name Our final example shows input from a flat file gt open oracle scott tiger gt in salehist gt def cust number 1 6 byte gt def item no 7 10 byte gt def sales 18 4 double extract cust number gt extract item no gt extract sales open SQL database input file you wish to add redefine the items to match the names in the table extract data under the column name gt add customer specify the Oracle table gt exit execute the task Suprtool cannot currently support integers larger than two words Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Base Command BA The Base command is not available in Suprtool UX See the Open command Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 61 Before Command B 62 e Suprtool Commands Repeat any comb
297. show the Define and Item commands in each example In practice however you only need to use these commands once per date field not once per task Select by Today s Date For this example select all the sales records whose purchase date is today Note the use of today in the If command to indicate today s date gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch date 11 8 gt item purch date date yyyymmdd gt 1f purch date today select today s date gt output result gt xeq Other tricks with today gt 1f purch date today 1 yesterday gt 1f purch date today 1 tomorrow Select by Particular Date To specify a particular date use the date function in the If command The date function has the form date year month day This example selects all the sales transactions for August 12 2000 input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch date 11 8 gt item purch date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date date 2000 08 12 gt output result gt xeq Select by Year Suppose we want to select all the sales transactions for 2000 Suprtool does not have a short hand for specifying everything in that year To specify an entire year use a date range from January 1st to December 31st gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch date 11 8 gt item purch date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date gt date 2000 01 01 and purch date lt date 2000 12 31 gt output result gt
298. side quote characters to specify your own Delimiter For example Delimiter would insert a space a comma and another space between each field in the output record You can use either single or double quote characters to specify the delimiter e g Delimiter and Delimiter are the same The maximum length of the delimiter string is three characters Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 197 Do Command DO 198 e STExport Commands The Do command repeats without changes any of the previous 1000 commands DO start stop string ALL Default repeat the previous command Commands are numbered sequentially from one as entered the last 1000 of them are retained Use the Listredo command to display the previous commands You can repeat a single command do 5 a range of commands do 5 10 or the most recent command whose name matches a string do list If you want to modify the commands before executing them use Redo or Before Examples Slistredo do do previous command again do 39 do command line 39 again do 5 8 do command lines 5 to 8 again do input do most recent Input command do 2 do command before previous do 7 5 do by relative line number do 5 do command lines 5 to last Notes The Do command cannot be abbreviated Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a permanent file and can therefore be used from another session You can use the Se
299. sists of columns In Suprtool a column name can be used anywhere that a field name is used The advantage of using a database is that information about the database is automatically available to Suprtool The Form command shows the database structure Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Errors Errors are messages printed by Suprtool indicating a fatal problem in the task which prevents it from completing Error messages are further described in Appendix A Field A field is a portion of a record When you access an IMAGE dataset this makes Suprtool aware of the IMAGE fields in the dataset When you access an SQL database with the Select command Suprtool is aware of each column name fields and columns are synonymous in Suprtool The Define command allows you to define new fields or redefine existing fields to have new sizes or data types Use Define to get at bytes of interest within existing fields and to give them an appropriate name Then you can refer to the defined field in other commands e g Extract If etc The following commands all contain a field if balance gt 10000 gt sort account gt extract a b Filename A filename is any valid filename and is used in Suprtool commands to identify the input source specify the output destination or to specify an external file to be accessed in the Table or Use command File names may be enclosed in quotes The following commands all contain file names gt input xyz gt
300. size is fifteen megabytes Read Only Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 151 152 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool normally allows any user with the proper access capabilities to add records to a database To prevent users from accidentally updating their database we provide the following setting within Suprtool gt set limits ReadOnly On The ReadOnly setting once turned on cannot be turned off for the current run of Suprtool This disables all commands that potentially change data for the specified database If Set Limits ReadOnly is enabled then the Add command in Suprtool will return an appropriate error message You can Set Limits Readonly on the command line using the c option For example the following command file can be used to restrict who has write access to a given database In this example only the root user is allowed write access SUSER root then opt robelle bin suprtool else opt robelle bin suprtool c set limits readonly on fi List SET LIST option value Use Set List to configure default values for the List command You can configure the default date time and format for LaserJet listings List Date SET LIST Date number Initially 0 When you select page headings with the List command by specifying a title each page includes today s date By default this date is formatted as mmm dd ccyy e g Mar 20 2000 Use Set List Date to specify a different default date for
301. sort correctly because the value of December 10 2000 001210 is less than 981210 Consequently if we have a date beyond 1999 stored in yymmdd format a relative operation such as gt if date field gt date 98 12 10 will not find the date of December 10 2000 You will need to use the stddate function to make this task work correctly gt if Sstddate date field gt date 98 12 10 46 e Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual How Do Today and Date Work Suprtool s date functions date and today are a short hand method of generating a numeric constant So a date selection like gt item invoice date date YYMMDD gt if invoice date today is exactly the same as gt if invoice date lt 980401 on Ist April 1998 Suprtool does record selection on the numeric value of the field and not on the implied date value If we move the calendar ahead to January 1 2000 and do the same commands as above the result would the same as if you had typed gt if invoice date lt 000101 on 1st January 2000 If you have some invoice dates from the previous century e g 990101 for December 1st 1999 they will not be selected Will Suprtool Generate an Error for Two Digit Year Dates Sometimes Because dates beyond 1999 will not collate properly for the YY MMDD and YYMM formats starting in version 4 0 11 the If command produces an error if the year specified in a date or today
302. st be self describing Hold By default the Xeq command resets all tables Use the Hold option when using the same table in more than one extract task When Hold is specified the Xeq command does not reset the table Hold applies to individual tables not all tables gt table part table part file partin hold Examples If all of your part numbers are in the file Partin you use Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt table part table part file partin gt if lookup part table part The following example uses Suprtool to create a file of sales orders for customers in arrears The orders data is in the database but the customer information is in a disc file Suprtool reads the disc file and creates a new self describing file of customer numbers that are in arrears This SD file is then used to select the orders for these customers from the orders table in the database The account item occurs in both the disc file and the database When the Suprtool table is loaded the account field information is obtained from the self describing arrears file gt input customers r 60 nolf disc file def account 1 8 display def status 40 2 gt 1f status 30 customers in arrears gt extract account status out arrears link self describing output Xeq for the Table command gt open oracle demo reader gt select from orders sales orders gt table cust table account file arrears if lookup cust table account gt
303. successfully This is normally a yes answer as in yes purge the file Suprtool prints the question on stdout as well as the answer that it has selected for you Command Line Options You can invoke Suprtool UX with various options The syntax for invoking Suprtool UX is suprtool cv Initial Command Line ccmdstring You can specify commands by using the c option followed by the actual commands There must be no space between the c and the command list Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Running Suprtool under HP UX e 27 If there is a space within the command the whole command must be enclosed in single or double quotation marks otherwise the quotation marks are optional Here are some examples suprtool c use usefile suprtool c set prompt Default Outcount File Name oc If you want to know how many records Suprtool has processed use the oc option This option sets the file name for outcount to stoutcount After a successful task Suprtool writes the number of output records to the stoutcount file You can then use this file in shell scripts to check for specific record counts For example suppose that you want to check for at least ten records from an Oracle database You would write a shell script like bin sh Select records from an Oracle table and check that there are at least ten suprtool oc lt lt EOD open oracle scott tiger select from emp if sal gt 1000 00 output
304. t fields using the Extract command While some PC software allows alternate characters to be used to delimit character fields Lotus 1 2 3 accepts double quotes only Since Lotus 1 2 3 rejects character fields that contains a double quote Suprtool removes all double quotes from Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 135 136 e Suprtool Commands character fields when generating the PRN format Suprtool removes quotes by replacing them with a space See STExport for a method of including header lines in the file to be down loaded NOLF If you need to ensure that line feeds are not written to the end of each record then you should specify the NOLF option It is usually preferable to specify the LF option LF If you need to ensure that line feeds are written to the end of each record then you should specify the LF option When extracting from SQL databases Suprtool writes out records without line feeds Files with line feeds are usually processed more easily by most other applications or import programs so it is advisable to use the LF option If you are uncertain By default whether Suprtool writes out a line feed depends on the input source For example if the input source has line feeds then line feeds will be written out at the end of each record When filling up PowerHouse subfiles some versions of Quiz will abort if no line feeds are found at the end of the record It is recommended that when you write to a
305. t redo command to specify a filename to save your redo commands Please see the Set Redo command for details Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Exit Command E Exit STExport in one of three ways By default perform the current task if any then leave STExport Users are often frustrated when they exit STExport after specifying part of a task and STExport starts processing the task To avoid this situation use the Abort or Suspend options to exit STExport conveniently without executing the current task EXIT ABORT SUSPEND XEQ Default Xeq Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq STExport recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g ES means Exit Suspend Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates STExport The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Should STExport be executed as a son process Exit only suspends STExport while Exit Abort actually terminates the process Examples comment You began to specify an input file stopped for comment coffee and decided to cancel the task comment upon your return Sinput invoices coffee break Sexit abort cancel the task and terminate End Of Program Exit Suspend ES This feature is not currently available in STExport UX Exit Xeq EX To perform the current
306. t to stdlist at the front of a file name points back to an MPE File command gt input MPE only gt output gt file t dev tape MPE only Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual gt input t Means Equals or Calculate in the If command means EQUALS gt if customer 40832 in commands means calculate something 10 25 Result 35 0 in the Input command means that the input file has exactly the same format and fields as the specified IMAGE dataset gt input acctfile actrans in the Output command means to write the sorted input file back into itself gt input myfile key 1 10 gt output input MPE only amp LT Means Less Than in the If command means is one field less than another field or constant value gt if balance lt 10000 By combining lt and you get less than or equals if balance lt 10000 amp GT Means Greater Than or Enter A Command gt is used for two purposes in Suprtool As the Suprtool prompt character e g gt Input actrec To mean greater than in an If command e g if balance gt 10000 Combining gt and gives gt for greater than or equal to amp LT amp GT Means Not Equals In the If command use the two characters lt gt to mean not equals gt 1f status lt gt 01 Means Matches Pattern In the If command use the two characters when you want to check a field for a pattern of characters For example to sel
307. tandard Xeq Notes The option of Only or None must be specified before the option of Record or Keys Reversing the order causes a syntax error in the Duplicate command You cannot combine the Total command with the Total option of the Duplicate command Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 75 Edit Command ED The Edit command is currently not supported in Suprtool UX 76 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Exit Command E Exit Suprtool in one of two ways EXIT ABORT XEQ Default XEQ Users are often frustrated when they exit Suprtool after specifying only part of a task because Suprtool starts processing the task To exit Suprtool without executing the current task use the Abort option Typing Exit with no parameters means Exit Xeq Suprtool recognizes special command names which specify both the Exit command and an exit option e g EA means Exit ABORT Exit Abort EA Cancels the current operation and terminates Suprtool The Exit command without parameters always attempts to perform the task currently specified while Exit Abort cancels the task and terminates immediately Thus Exit Abort is similar to Reset All Exit Examples You began to specify a sort stopped for coffee and decided to cancel the task on your return gt You began to specify a sort stopped for gt coffee and decided to cancel the task gt upon your return gt open oracle demo
308. tatus 10 because Suprtool can evaluate status 10 faster than lookup When the status is not 10 Suprtool knows the record will not be selected therefore there is no need to do the lookup Null fieldname The If null fieldname command selects any rows that have null values in them This feature is available only for SQL databases and only on columns that allow null values Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 97 98 e Suprtool Commands gt if null SALESTOTAL If you want to find only those values that are not null you can add the NOT keyword in front of null if not null SALESTOTAL Constants This section describes numeric and string constants See also Date Selection Numeric Constants Numeric constants are not enclosed in quotes Numeric constants may be just simple whole numbers e g 5 0 56 10004 or they may have a decimal point e g 5 0 0 56 99 9 1 4 IEEE numbers may also have a scale factor e g SE 5 0 01E 4 Over punches for the sign are not required or recognized in Suprtool Always enter 11 as 11 not 1J for a DISPLAY field String Constants String constants are delimited with double or single quote marks That is either VANC or VANC Any characters within quotes are not upshifted If the constant is shorter than the field to which it is being compared the constant is padded with blanks String constants are expected for fields of type BYTE
309. tes and which fields have implied decimal places Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Example of STExport Output e 231 gt def deliv_date DELIVERYDATE 8 display gt def purch _ date PURCHASEDATE 4 double gt def product _price PRICE 4 double gt def sales _tax SALESTAX 4 double gt def sales total SALESTOTAL 4 double gt item deliv_date date Yyyymmdd gt item purch date date Yyyymmdd gt item product price decimal 2 gt item sales tax decimal 2 gt item sales total decimal 2 Salefile We now produce a file called salefile using Suprtool s Output Link option The Link option produces a self describing file complete with the date and decimal place information gt open oracle custdb dbpass gt select from sales gt def deliv date DELIVERYDATE 8 display gt def purch date PURCHASEDATE 4 double gt def product price PRICE 4 double def sales tax SALESTAX 4 double gt def sales total SALESTOTAL 4 double gt item deliv date date Yyyymmdd gt item purch date date Yyyymmdd gt item product price decimal 2 gt item sales tax decimal 2 gt item sales total decimal 2 gt extract customernum gt ext deliv date gt ext PRODUCTNUM gt ext product price gt ext purch date gt ext SALESQTY gt ext sales tax gt ext sales total gt output salefile link gt xeqg IN 8 OUT 8 CPU Sec 1 Wall Sec 1 gt form salefile File salefile SD Version B 00 00 No linefeeds Entry
310. th Output xxx data Output xxx data num Output xxx query Output xxx link Output xxx ascii Output xxx prn The Extract occurs logically after the sort phase if any but prior to the final Output Put or List An If command can refer to fields of the input record that are not included in the extracted output record The sort keys can be fields that are not among those extracted If the extracted record length is shorter than the input record length Suprtool attempts to speed up sorts by doing the extract before sorting Suprtool can only do the extract before sorting if the output option is DATA the default QUERY or LINK and all of the sort keys are included in the Extracted fields Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 91 Form Command F 92 e Suprtool Commands The Form command displays information about an SQL database or the current Select command or the fields in a self describing file FORM filename Default depends When showing the form of an SQL select Suprtool shows the column s name the SQL type and the Suprtool type When showing the form of a self describing file Suprtool shows the byte offset of each field after the subcount type and sublength The first field always appears at offset one Example gt open oracle scott tiger gt select from emp gt form Column Name Oracle Type Suprtool Type EMPNO Number ENAME Varchar2 JOB Varchar2 MGR Number HIREDATE Date SAL
311. the Courier font of the LaserJet 80 columns across by 60 lines You would use Set List PCL 3 when you insert a Font cartridge that overrides the default font e g 92286F cartridge PCL 4 Selects Portrait orientation and Lineprinter font of the L cartridge and others This option prints 132 columns across the page by 80 lines PCL 5 Prints 80 columns on A4 paper by slightly narrowing the space between columns PCL 6 Prints tiny letters in Landscape mode on legal size paper This gives you 223 columns per line The PCL options with the exception of PCL 5 were designed and tested with North American letter size paper Suprtool can adjust the number of rows and columns for each option to match A4 if you add 2000 to the PCL code You can also select the ASCII character set instead of the default Roman 8 character set by adding 1000 to the PCL code See List Command L on page 123 for more details Here 1s a complete table of the PCL codes PCL L P Font A4 paper Letter size Notes Rows x Rows x Columns Columns 1 L Ip 58 x 188 60 x 175 2 L courier 43 x 110 45 x 100 3 P courier 64x77 60 x 80 standard 4 P Ip 85 x 128 80 x 132 5 P courier 64 x 80 60 x 80 A4 squeeze 6 L lp 60 x 223 60 x 223 legal size L and P mean Landscape or Portrait orientation List Time SET LIST Time number Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 153 Initially 1 When you select page headings with the List command by specifying a
312. the Suprlink commands Before Input Reset expression Do Link Set MPE Command Exit LISTREDO Use Form Output Verify Help Redo Xeq The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters CD or Web Download If you received a documentation CD with this version of Suprlink you will find the documentation files on the CD The installation program will start automatically when you insert the CD into the drive If it does not start automatically run D setup exe where D is the letter assigned to your CD ROM drive If you do not have a documentation CD you can download the files from the Robelle web site at http www robelle com library manuals Printed Documentation The latest user manuals and change notice are available in Adobe PDF format If you do not already have the Adobe Acrobat Reader you can get a copy from http www adobe com prodindex acrobat readstep html Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Suprlink e 237 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format The Suprtool user manuals and change notice are available in HTML Help format Support for compiled HTML help CHM files is built into recent versions of Windows Help Command The user manual is also available to the on line Suprlink user through the Help command For instructions try help help Terminology and HP UX Notation Many of the terms and examples in this manual use terminology specific to MPE and IMAGE SQL databases
313. the current List options For more examples of the List command see Suprtool Issues and Solutions Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Listredo Command LISTREDO The Listredo command displays any of the previous 1000 commands LISTREDO start stop ABS OUT file string REL ALL LUNN Default display previous 20 commands BJ and are short for LISTREDO Commands are numbered sequentially from 1 as entered and the last 1000 are retained You can display a single command a range of commands all 1000 or all the commands whose name matches the string You can display the commands with ABSolute line numbers the default RELative line numbers 5 4 or UNNumbered If you want to redo any of these commands see Do Redo and Before Examples gt listredo 5 gt listredo 5 10 gt listredo help print all Help commands gt listredo 10 print last ten commands gt listredo ALL print entire redo stack gt listredo rm print all rm commands gt listredo rm xx print all rm xx commands gt listredo rm print all with rm anywhere gt listredo rel print ALL relative numbers Saving to a File Saving the Listredo commands to a file is not supported in Suprtool UX Notes The Listredo command can be abbreviated to BJ as in Qedit or to comma comma as in MPEX You cannot use a semi colon to combine commands on the same line Persistent Redo Redo commands can be saved in a
314. to Suprlink This section describes the hardcoded file names that Suprlink UX may need Suprlink will normally look for files in the opt robelle directory unless you set the ROBELLE variable ROBELLE Variable Normally Suprlink looks files in the opt robelle directory If you move Suprlink you must set the ROBELLE variable For example if you move Suprlink to the users robelle directory you must set ROBELLE variable in the following manner export ROBELLE users robelle Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to Suprlink e 239 Accessing Suprlink How To Run Suprlink To access Suprlink type the following command opt robelle bin suprlink SUPRLINK Copyright Robelle Solutions Technology Inc 1988 2001 Version 4 5 After a short pause Suprlink will take over your terminal and print out some identifying information You will notice that your command prompt has changed to telling you that you have made it into Suprlink Suprlink expects you to type command lines ending each one with Return How to Xeq a Suprlink Task Normally you enter a series of commands These commands specify the Input file the Output file and the Link file name s Finally you enter an Xeq or an Exit command This begins the actual Suprlink linkage task If you entered the Exit command Suprlink will finish the current task then return you to the Operating system EXIT If you entered the Xeq command Suprlink will finish th
315. tool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Running Suprtool under HP UX e 29 If you add Set Filename Outcount to the Suprmgr file every successful invocation of Suprtool UX produces a file While these files are small they may clutter up a busy system so that is why the default file name is none Differences Between MPE and HP UX We have tried to make the MPE and HP UX versions of Suprtool as compatible as possible This section describes how Suprtool UX is different from Suprtool MPE Record Length On MPE Suprtool can obtain the record length of a file There is no concept of record length on HP UX because a file consists of a string of bytes In Suprtool UX there are two ways to determine the record length 1 Specify the record length with the Rec parameter of the Input command 2 Use self describing files If the specified record size is incorrect Suprtool UX cannot verify it The most common symptom of an incorrect specification in size is an offset of one or more characters in each field Line Feeds In MPE there is no separator between records in a file In HP UX there may not be a separator or there may be a line feed between each record For Suprtool to correctly read a data file it must know whether the line feeds are present You can specify whether or not a file has line feeds via the LF or NOLF options in the Input command Suprtool and STExport allow control over whether or not line feeds will be written to the output f
316. tring comparisons are done using fixed and variable length strings For most users there should be no difference between the two types of strings When doing string comparisons Suprtool always pads shorter strings with spaces with the one exception of comparing two fixed length fields see Byte Fields below String expressions involving the operator or the Supper lower trim ltrim and rtrim built in functions are done using variable length strings Suprtool keeps track of the length of every string and all operations are done using the actual string length For fields the length of the string 1s the length of the field If you do not want to retain all of the spaces in a field use one of the built in trimming functions When creating string expressions string constants are created with the exact length of the constant For example the string constant abc is three characters long and a the string a is one Byte Fields For historical reasons comparing two byte type fields to each other is a special case If the two fields are exactly the same length Suprtool compares them completely If one field is shorter the comparison is done for the length of the shortest field Suprtool does not check for spaces in the trailing characters of the longer field For example gt define short 1 10 ten character field gt define long 11 15 fifteen character field gt 1f short long In this example Suprtool compares the t
317. type Suprtool and Self Describing Files A problem with data files is that there is no field information Self describing files solve this problem by providing field information about the file Suprtool reads and writes SD files Suprlink requires SD files as input and creates an SD file as output Create an SD File from a Table You request an SD file using the Link option of the Output command If you extract columns from the table only the extracted columns appear in the SD file gt select from sales input from a table gt output salefile link salefile has all of the columns from sales gt xeq Create an SD File from a Data File You must Define and Extract the fields you want to have in the SD file Use the Link option of the Output command to create the file as a self describing file Although Suprtool itself allows longer field names SD files only store the first 16 characters of a field name Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Issues and Solutions e 39 gt input sales data reclen 16 nolf input from a data file gt define cust_no 1 6 byte gt define invoice date 7 6 integer gt define sales qty 13 4 packed gt extract cust no invoice date sales qty gt output salefile link salefile has all of the extracted columns gt xeq SD Files as Input When you specify an SD file as input to Suprtool all the field information becomes available You can select extract and total fields without the Defin
318. ue for an item to a table use TABLE tablename itemname ITEM value value When you start entering the values for a table you must enter all the values for that table before starting another table Once you switch to another table the previous table is closed and you cannot enter anymore values into it Parameters tablename Any identifier name up to sixteen characters long This name can be the same as the name of a Define field or database itemname but we recommend that you choose a unique name itemname An item from the database specified in the Open command or a Define field This cannot be a real type item value A specific value that must match the type of the item String values are extended with blanks to the length of the item Examples Suppose that you wanted to look for several part numbers You could use the following If command gt 1f part 12345 67890 39201 92308 14892 You could also load a table with the part numbers gt table part table part item 12345 gt table part table part item 67890 gt table part table part item 39201 gt table part table part item 92308 gt table part table part item 14892 and use a different If command Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 161 162 e Suprtool Commands gt 1f lookup part table part Sometimes you need to look for all records that do not have any of a set of values gt if part lt gt 12345 67890 392
319. ute STExport to create the html file stexport EOD gt gt temp sxlog Input temp sxdata HTML Table Title Orders Created Yesterday N Heading Orders Created Yesterday sorted by customer Heading Fieldnames Date YYYYMMDD Output temp stexpdata html Exit LEOD Check return code in case STExport had a problem Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual STExport Commands e 209 If so send the failed return string to the CGI script including the name of the logfile if eq 1 then echo failed temp sxlog exit 1 else Everything worked fine Send the OK return string to the CGI script including the name of the HTML file name echo OK temp stexpdata html rm temp sxlog dev null rm temp sxdata dev null exit 0 Perl Script With such a simple example we could have written the shell script a bit differently and then used it as a CGI script However shell scripts do not have enough features to easily handle parameters or complex forms Instead it is typical to use another language as an intermediate step One of the most popular CGI scripting languages is Perl Perl has a full set of string handling functions and can be combined with graphics libraries available from various sources Let us call this one sx orders pl It must reside in the directory defined in the server configuration file 210 e STExport Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual usr local bin perl Execute she
320. ute an average Result 15 0 144 16 4 15 3 add 14 16 and the result of 15 3 Result 35 0 14 16 15 3 add 16 15 divide by 3 then add to 14 Result 24 3333333333 Percentages A number in the calculator expression may be followed by a percent sign The calculator assumes that you want to qualify the number as a percentage 125 5 what is 5 of 125 Result 6 25 21254125 5 add 5 of 125 to 125 Result 12 5 125 125 5 oops we needed to change the order Result 131 25 this looks like the answer we wanted The last two examples show the importance of the order in which calculator evaluates the expression We needed to use parentheses to force calculator to evaluate our expression in the correct order Display Formats A calculator expression may be followed by a comma and a display letter The default is decimal and the options are hex or H octal or O double D ASCII A and binary B With these options the result is treated as a 32 bit integer Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual 10 0 standard octal format Result 000012 10 0 negative number in octal Result 37777777766 100 h hexadecimal Result 0064 In Double format calculator prints the double result as two octal numbers the way they appear in DEBUG The first number represents the high order 16 bits and the second number represents the low order 16 bits 10 d treat result as two 16 bit octal words R
321. utput Sort Numrecs changed Set values Parameters More than one command can be verified at once by entering several command names separated by a comma or a space The format of the Verify output is organized into columns wherever possible For Verify All Suprtool prints all of the information concerning the current invocation of Suprtool including the value of the Set options and the Suprtool version number For Verify Version Suprtool prints out the version information Verify with no parameters prints the current values for Input Output and Key or Sort commands It also prints those Set options which are not currently at their default setting Examples gt V gt verify gt verify input current input file gt verify if selection criteria gt verify all all current options gt verify version version number of Suprtool 170 e Suprtool Commands Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Xeq Command X Terminates entry of commands and begins the extract from the input source XEQ Notes After the Xeq Suprtool processes the task and accepts commands to specify another task Compare this with the Exit command which stops Suprtool after processing the input After an Xeq command all parameters of Suprtool are reset to their initial values except any database that is left open the Set options and the Defined fields even though their calculated offsets are not guaranteed to be correct for the next file processed
322. utput orders gt xeq Finding Data Based on a File If you have a large list of values in a file you can load them into Suprtool and select data based on this list First use the Table command to load values from an external file into a table Then use the lookup function of the If command to match data to the table Suppose our list is in a self describing file called Custlist We create a program temporary table called cust_table Note that this is not the same as an Oracle table gt select from order details gt table cust table cust no file custlist gt if lookup cust table cust no gt output orders gt xeq If you want to find all customers not on the list just negate the If condition Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool e 13 gt if not Slookup cust_table cust no Finding Data Based on Another Table s Criteria Sometimes you need to find data from one table based on conditions from another table This is a typical example you want to find all of the pending orders for those customers whose accounts receivable balance is 0 First we find the customers with an AR balance of 0 and extract their customer numbers to a file gt select from receivables gt if ar_balance 0 gt ext cust_no gt output custlist link gt xeqg Now we can find information by loading a file of customer numbers into a table and then applying the lookup feature gt select from o
323. vely easy to anticipate Suprlink starts with all of the fields of the input file in order For each Link file it appends the fields of the Link file to the Output record in order Suprlink drops the key fields from the Link records since they always contain duplicated data If a field name other than one of the two explicit keys 1s duplicated in several datasets it will end up duplicated in the final output file An example would be a Timestamp field that occurs in every SQL table Workaround use the Extract command from Suprtool to take out only the fields you want or to rename duplicate fields You can verify the format of the Output file using the Form command It shows the field names length and structure in order From this display you can generate an appropriate COPYLIB or QSCHEMA definition Quiz Subfiles The Erase option 1s provided for Quiz users who create an empty subfile using QTP or Quiz before running Suprtool and Suprlink See the Suprlink with Quiz OTP section for details Since Suprlink cannot currently write to NM Ksam files you cannot directly write to PowerHouse indexed subfiles You can use Suprtool to load file to the Indexed KSAM file Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprlink Commands e 265 Redo Command REDO Enables you to modify and repeat any of the previous 1000 command lines REDO start stop string ALL Default redo the previous command The Redo command allows y
324. will be written in COBOL RPG PowerHouse or some other language Imagine that instead of hunting all over the database to collect your data you just read a sorted disc file with a big record containing all the data on a given entity For example a sales report might read a disc file whose records consist of sales transactions plus customer information This file has been sorted by customer number and date If there are several sales for the same customer the customer information is just repeated in each record The report program reads the records checks for level breaks and formats and prints the records Suprlink fits into this model of report programs Working from the database to the final flat file how do we use Suprtool and Suprlink to produce the desired result Obviously Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the desired records from the customer table and put them in a disc file And Suprtool can extract the desired fields from the customer master dataset and write them to a second disc file What does Suprlink do If Suprtool sorts both files by customer Suprlink can link them together producing a third file whose composite record consists of the related fields from both files This file is just what we need to feed into the report program Input Files Only one file can have repeated records that pass through to the final file This file is called the primary Input file If any of the Link files contain duplicate records
325. with the Link output option The Form command shows the internal self describing version number enabling you to tell the difference A 00 00 Query Output Option Compound fields have a question mark for the type and the length is the number of bytes in the field Sort information about the file is missing Here is an example form listing Sform custfile File custfile SD Version A 00 00 Has linefeeds Entry Offset CHARACTER X5 1 length is five bytes ZONED Z5 6 room for five digits INTEGER 11 11 single integer DOUBLE I2 13 double integer PACKED P6 17 room for five digits QUAD I4 20 eight byte integer REPEATINT 6 28 compound field LOGICAL K1 34 single logical DBLLOG K2 36 double logical Entry Length 44 Blocking 1 B 00 00 Link Output Option These self describing files contain information about how the file was sorted Compound fields are handled correctly so the Form command shows compound fields just as you would see them in IMAGE The Item command in Suprtool identifies the date format or the number of decimal places of an item The Link output option saves the date and decimal attributes as part of the field description form custfile File datafile SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CHARACTER X5 1 Sort 1 gt gt REPEATINT 311 6 compound field DATE J2 lt lt YYYYMMDD gt gt DOLLAR P6 16 gt lt lt 2 35 Entry Length 16 Blocking 1 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User
326. xeq Select Prior Month In the date function use a to indicate the current year month or day Similarly a means the previous year month or day For this example select all the sales 12 e Getting a Quick Start with Suprtool Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual transactions for the prior month Note the use of the special keywords first and last to indicate the first and last day of the month gt input saledata reclen 70 nolf gt define purch date 11 8 gt select from sales gt item purch date date yyyymmdd gt if purch date gt date 1 first and purch date lt date 1 last gt output result gt xeq Selecting by Lists of Values Sometimes you want to find records based on criteria contained in another file or table Finding Data Based on a List Suppose we want to find all orders for the customers 1234 9876 and 5555 We simply use a list of values after the equal sign in the If command A match is made if a customer matches any one of the values in the list gt select from order details gt if cust Ho 1234 9876 5555 gt output orders gt xeq If we wanted to find orders for all customers except 1234 9876 and 5555 we would simply change the equal sign in the If command to a not equal sign A match is made if a customer does not match any values in the list gt select from order details gt if cust_no lt gt 1234 9876 5555 gt o
327. xeq Suprtool sends you an error message with the typo but continues with the rest of the command line This has the effect of selecting all the entries in the datafile It is risky to type Xeq on the same command line as any other command unless 1 You are not concerned with the consequences if you make a mistake e g any extract task should be safe 2 You don t make any mistakes The usual reason for putting all the commands on one line including the Xeq is to permit repetition of the task by using the Before command It is not necessary to type everything on one line because with the Listredo command Suprtool allows you to pick and choose any of your last 1000 commands Continuation The maximum physical command line is 256 characters You may enter commands on multiple input lines by putting an amp continuation character at the end of the line The maximum total command length is 256 characters The separating comma in commands is not optional Should your If command exceed 256 characters use the Table command or read in sdfile gt if status 20 and continue the If command state AZ CA OR select several states gt output outfile Comments on Command Lines Comments may appear at the end of any command line as long as they are surrounded by curly braces Many of the examples in this manual show comments at the end of command lines You can enter a comment as the only item in a Suprtool command
328. xport converts fields in a self describing input file into an output file that can be imported into different applications Summary of the STExport commands Before Form Quote Verify Columns HEAding REDO Xeq DAte HElp Reset XML DElimiter HTML Set Zero DO Input SIgn expression Exit LISTREDO SPaces OS command FLoating Output Use The minimum abbreviation of each command is shown in capital letters CD or Web Download If you received a documentation CD with this version of Suprtool you will find the documentation files on the CD The installation program will start automatically when you insert the CD into the drive If it does not start automatically run D setup exe where D is the letter assigned to your CD ROM drive If you do not have a documentation CD you can download the files from the Robelle web site at http www robelle com library manuals Printed Documentation The latest user manuals and change notice are available in Adobe PDF format If you do not already have the Adobe Acrobat Reader you can get a copy from http www adobe com prodindex acrobat readstep html Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Welcome to STExport e 181 Online Documentation in HTML Help Format The Suprtool user manuals and change notice are available in HTML Help format Support for compiled HTML help CHM files is built into recent versions of Windows Help Command The user manual is also available to the on line Suprlink user
329. xtract an 8 byte constant gt output newfile 103 bytes now gt xeq Producing a Condensed Table Listing When debugging test databases it is often desirable to produce a condensed listing of a table on stdlist The following example combines the Extract command with the ASCII output option i e all binary and packed decimal data is converted into readable ASCII characters For readability each data value is prefixed with an abbreviated column name This listing is more compact than the one produced by the List command gt select from customer gt extract Account cust account gt extract C R credit rating gt output ascii implies stdlist gt xeq The output would look like Account 04598921 C R 500000 Account 44657844 C R 2000000 Account 98753198 C R 300000 Simple Reports You can produce simple reports with Suprtool s List command You select the records for the report with the If command and the fields for the report with the Extract command Reports can include running headings with the date title and page number and an optional line of column headings Suprtool can produce default titles and headings gt select from customer gt extract cust account gt extract credit rating gt list standard Xeq The output would look like this Jan 17 2000 11 59 Page 1 CUST ACCO CREDIT RATING 4598921 5000 00 44657844 20000 00 98753198 3000 00 Your First Report Our repo
330. y Heading Add State If you specify your own heading STExport does not attempt to apply any formatting options If you need each field in the heading line to be surrounded by quotes and separated by commas you have to supply these yourself For example Account Note no Add in first string Add Add First Name Add Add Last Name Add Add City Add Add State Column Headings It is difficult to get headings right when you have to specify all the quotes and delimiters with the Heading Add option Instead use Heading Column to specify individual column headings without having to type formatting information STExport then uses the current quote and delimiter settings in the heading Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual For example if you specify Heading Column Account Heading Column First Name Heading Column Last Name Heading Column City Heading Column State and Quote Double and Delimiter Comma are in effect then the heading STExport produces will be Account First Name Last Name City State Notes You cannot combine the Add and Column options You must specify one or the other If you start with Heading Add and then later specify Heading Column STExport erases the heading you created with Heading Add and starts over with the first column that you specify with Heading Column Similarly if you start with Heading Column a Heading string or Heading A
331. y field in Suprlink but the actual data in the field will be processed and linked correctly Your final report should be able to read Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Example Suprlink Output e 273 this data just as if it came from the database We use Suprlink to combine the invoice and cust files into one Output file opt robelle bin suprlink i invoices by custnum 1 cust o invcust e The final Form command shows the record layout of the Output file You would use this file as input to your report program form invcust File invcust SD Version B 00 00 Has Linefeeds Entry Offset CUSTNUM 1 lt lt Sort 1 gt gt DELIVERED 9 PRODUCTNUM 13 PRICE 21 PURCHASED 25 Q1 29 31 35 39 S 55 X10 57 X16 67 x2 83 ADDRESS 2X25 85 ZIPCODE X6 Length 140 Blocking 1 ES NH rE E E E NRPNNEFENNON bdo N 274 e Example Suprlink Output Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Limits Within Suprlink Maximums The various limitations of Suprlink are described here In general you need to reduce the number or sizes of fields if you encounter any of these limits Input File Maximum Record Size 2048 Words We recommend that you use Suprtool s Extract command to minimize the input record size Input File Maximum Block Size 4096 Words By default Suprtool restricts the maximum block size to 2 048 words You can use the Set Blocksize command to increase this size up to 8192 wor
332. you to look at the material in the file opt robelle help suprtool which contains most of the user manual For help in help type when you see the QHELP prompt character The help file is organized into levels To go back to the previous level press Return instead of a key name If you press F8 you will exit the QHELP subsystem and return to Suprtool Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual If Command IF Specifies a subset of records to select from the input source during the next extract task The If command supports full logical expressions with comparisons between all data types between data fields and constant values or between one data field and another The If command also provides partial string compares bit field extracts subscripted IMAGE fields AND OR NOT operators and parentheses to override precedence You can use arithmetic expressions involving any numeric data types IF expression Note The examples below show multiple If commands These are for illustrative purposes only Suprtool does not permit multiple If commands in a single task Instead you can combine multiple conditions using AND and OR Alternatives to the If command There are a few selection criteria that the If command cannot perform In these cases you need to use other Suprtool commands If you wish to select by record numbers use the record number options in the Input command If you wish to limit the number of records selected use the Nu
333. yy Value in date With Cutoff 10 With Cutoff 25 00 2000 2000 Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual Suprtool Commands e 147 148 e Suprtool Commands 09 2009 2009 10 1910 2010 11 1911 2011 24 1924 2024 25 1925 1925 26 1926 1926 99 1999 1999 We recommend that you always provide a four digit year when using date However for reasons of backward compatibility we introduced Set Date Cutoff See Date ForceCentury on page 148 for more information Stddate and Set Date Cutoff When stddate has to convert from a date in only a two digit format the conversion to the four digit date will use the value in Set Date Cutoff For example gt input salesdetail a self describing file gt set date cutoff 15 range is 1915 2014 gt def new ship date 1 4 double gt item ship date date mmddyy gt ext order no sales amount gt ext new ship date stddate ship date gt out salesinfo link gt xeqg In this example if any ship date has a year of 14 or less then the century applied to the new ship date field will be 20 Ship dates with a year of 15 or more will have a century of 19 applied Date ForceCentury SET DATE FORCECENTURY ON OFF Initially OFF Set Date ForceCentury On will not allow a yy date to be entered in the date function it will force the user to enter a full ccyy date gt set date forcecentury on gt item date field date ccyymmdd gt if date field gt date 00 12 10 Error You must specify
334. zoned decimal numeric field LOGICAL unsigned like BYTE 2 characters CHARACTER for Native Language Support The Key command also accepts FPOINT as the data type for IEEE numbers Examples The first example sorts an integer PIC S9 4 COMP field which starts on the 11th byte of the input record We sort the entire input file based on one key gt input bigfile r 40 1f input from a disc file gt key 11 2 int key is an integer that starts gt output outfile at the 11th byte of Bigfile gt xeq create Outfile and prompt for more Suprtool commands gt input discfile r 40 1f another input file gt key 14 4 double desc double integer PIC S9 9 COMP output ofile2 sort input in descending order gt exit The following examples show the various data types and combinations that are available with the Key command Suprtool 4 5 for HP UX User Manual 1 10 byte data type 1 10 desc descending sort sequence 11 4 double I2 or J2 S9 9 COMP 1 6 11 4 ieee X6 string and an E2 field at byte 11 21 6 packed P12 S9 11 COMP 3 21 6 packed P12 S9 10 COMP 3 wasted byte Notes The command name Key is optional Any command that starts with a numeric character is assumed to be a Key command The Verify command shows all of the current key fields and the Reset command cancels them If no sort fields are defined prior to the Xeq or Exit command Suprtool performs a copy not a sort Suprtool 4 5 for

PDF 1.8M - Robelle

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents